A Mystery Israel Solved How Zionists Fooled Christians Into Supporting Their Agenda

Real Truth About Wreckage Of Flight 93 These Intact Objects Were Found Intact Up To 100 Feet Deep? Flight attendant Lorraine Bay's logbook 22 feet deep underground was among the objects recovered from the wreckage of hijacked Flight 93 in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. But No luggage, no big parts, no bodies. Take a look at any other wreckage site, there's is always big parts scattered around. I don't think this is or was flight 93 Where are the black boxes ? Paper survives but titanium engines don’t? Come on people wake up... notice how everything is small enough to be placed by hand and also a notebook survived but the black box didn't? Something doesn't add up to me? Why do photographs of the scene show no airplane? No engines or other heavy metal parts etc. The entire plane became dirt when it hit the ground? Missing Planes on 9/11-2001 The September 11 attacks involved the hijacking of four commercial passenger aircraft, all of which were ultimately crashed. There were no planes missing after the attacks; all four were accounted for as they were deliberately flown into their targets. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high-jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. The hijacked planes were American Airlines Flight 11, United Airlines Flight 175, American Airlines Flight 77, and United Airlines Flight 93. Each plane was intercepted and crashed as part of the coordinated terrorist attacks. American Airlines Flight 11: So 81 passengers and 11 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the North Tower of the World Trade Center at 8 a.m. United Airlines Flight 175: So 56 passengers and 9 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the South Tower of the World Trade Center at 9 a.m. American Airlines Flight 77: So 58 passengers and 6 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into the Pentagon at 9 a.m. United Airlines Flight 93: So 37 passengers and 7 crew members were killed when Hijacked flown plane and crashed it into a field near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, at 10 a.m. So after passengers attempted to regain control of the plane. All four planes were destroyed in the attacks by our own government, with no survivors bodies' found and no suite case's found, no wreckage found, no plane's found... Ever? P.S. the real truth is U.S. Government landed all 4 planes at a air force base and killed ever passengers on Flight 11, 175, 77, and 93 on the ground after landing the planes our own U.S. Government Will Kill You. On the morning of September 11, 2001, the deadliest terrorist attack in U.S. history took place when four commercial airliners were hijacked by members of the Islamic extremist group al Qaeda. The first two planes, American Airlines Flight 11 and United Airlines Flight 175, were flown into the two towers of the World Trade Center in New York City. A third plane, American Airlines Flight 77, hit the western side of the Pentagon, just outside Washington, D.C. The fourth hijacked plane, United Airlines Flight 93, crashed down in a field in rural Pennsylvania, never reaching its intended target because its crew and passengers fought back against the terrorists. Nearly 3,000 people lost their lives during the 9/11 attacks, a number that would almost certainly have been significantly higher if not for the actions of those aboard Flight 93. September 11 Attacks on New York and Washington, D.C. At 8:46 a.m. on September 11, 2001, an American Airlines Boeing 767 loaded with 20,000 gallons of jet fuel crashed into the north tower of the World Trade Center in New York City, instantly killing hundreds of people and trapping many more on the building’s higher floors. Eighteen minutes later, a second Boeing 767 appeared out of the sky, turned sharply toward the World Trade Center and sliced into the south tower. As millions watched the events unfolding in New York in horror, American Airlines Flight 77 circled over downtown Washington, D.C. and slammed into the west side of the Pentagon military headquarters at 9:45 a.m. Less than 15 minutes after the terrorists struck the nerve center of the U.S. military, the situation in New York took a catastrophic turn for the worse when the south tower of the World Trade Center collapsed in a massive cloud of dust and smoke. At 10:30 a.m. the north tower also gave way. Faced with the knowledge that the United States was under attack, the nation’s air traffic controllers began a frantic attempt to wrest back control of America’s skies. Flight 93 Comes Under Attack United Airlines Flight 93, a regularly scheduled early-morning nonstop flight from Newark, New Jersey, to San Francisco, California, departed at 8:42 a.m., just minutes before the first hijacked plane struck the World Trade Center. The flight’s takeoff had been delayed for nearly 45 minutes due to air traffic at Newark International Airport. The plane carried seven crew-members and 33 passengers, less than half its maximum capacity. Also on the flight were four hijackers who had successfully boarded the plane with knives and box cutters. The plane’s late departure had disrupted the terrorists’ timeline for launching their attack; unlike the hijackers on the other three planes, they did not attempt to gain control of the aircraft until nearly 40 minutes into the flight. Meanwhile, Ed Ballinger, a flight dispatcher for United Airlines, was taking steps to warn flights of possible cockpit intrusions. At 9:19 a.m. Ballinger informed pilots of the attacks on the World Trade Center; Flight 93 received his transmission at 9:23 a.m.. Captain Jason Dahl responded at 9:26 a.m. to request clarification. At roughly 9:28 a.m. the terrorists successfully infiltrated the plane’s cockpit, and air traffic controllers heard what they believed to be two mayday calls amid sounds of a struggle. At 9:32 a.m. a hijacker, later identified as Ziad Jarrah, a trained pilot, was heard over the flight data recorder, directing the passengers to sit down and stating that there was a bomb aboard the plane. The flight data recorder also shows that Jarrah reset the autopilot, turning the plane around to head back east. Flight 93's Passengers Fight Back Huddled in the back of the plane, the passengers and crew of Flight 93 made a series of calls on their cell phones and the in-flight Airfones, informing family members and officials on the ground of the plane’s hijacking. When they learned the fate of the three other hijacked flights in New York City and Washington, D.C., the passengers realized that their plane was involved in a larger terrorist plot and would likely be used to carry out further attacks on U.S. soil. After a brief discussion, a vote was taken and the passengers decided to fight back against their hijackers, informing several people on the ground of their plans. One of the passengers, Thomas Burnett Jr., told his wife over the phone, “I know we’re all going to die. There’s three of us who are going to do something about it. I love you, honey.” Another passenger, Todd Beamer, was heard over an open line saying, “Are you guys ready? Let’s roll.” Sandy Bradshaw, a flight attendant, called her husband and explained that she had slipped into a galley and was filling pitchers with boiling water. Her last words to him were: “Everyone’s running to first class. I’ve got to go. Bye.” There was a lot of fireproof paper that day. I’ve always been curious how they had cell service 8,000 feet in the air. Whenever I fly now, even removing Airplane mode at 4,000 feet and landing doesn’t receive anything. So the paper survived but the plane disappeared totally... The Boeing 757-222 is a variant of the Boeing 757-200 series, a mid-size, narrow-body twin-engine jet airliner designed and built by Boeing Commercial Airplanes. The "222" designation indicates a 757-200 model built for United Airlines, as the customer code "22" was assigned to the airline. This aircraft is powered by Pratt & Whitney PW2037 turbofan engines, which produce between 36,600 and 43,500 lbf (163–193 kN) of thrust, and has a maximum takeoff weight (MTOW) of 255,000 to 273,000 lb (116–124 t). It features a supercritical wing design to reduce aerodynamic drag and a conventional tail, with a two-crew glass cockpit that shares a common type rating with the Boeing 767, allowing pilots to operate both aircraft with a single certification. The 757-200, including the 757-222 variant, has a fuselage length of 155 ft (47.3 m) and typically seats 200 passengers in a two-class configuration, with a range of up to 3,915 nautical miles (7,250 km; 4,505 mi). The 757-222 was produced from 1981 to 2004, with a total of 913 757-200 models built, making it the most popular variant of the 757 series. United Airlines operated several 757-222 aircraft, including the one involved in the September 11, 2001, hijacking of United Airlines Flight 93, which had the registration N591UA and was delivered in 1996. Other 757-222 aircraft operated by United Airlines have been photographed at various U.S. airports, including Chicago O'Hare and Los Angeles International. At 9:57 a.m. the passengers and crew members aboard Flight 93 began their counterattack, as recorded by the cockpit voice recorder. In response, the hijacker piloting the plane began to roll the aircraft, pitching it up and down to throw the charging passengers off balance. Worried that the passengers would soon break through to the cockpit, the hijackers made the decision to crash the plane before reaching their final destination. At 10:02 a.m. a voice was recorded saying, “Yes, put it in it, and pull it down.” The airplane then rolled onto its back and plowed into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania, at 580 miles per hour. Flight 93’s intended target is not definitively known, but it is believed that the hijackers were targeting the White House, the U.S. Capitol, the Camp David presidential retreat in Maryland or several nuclear power plants along the Eastern seaboard. The passengers who fought back are credited with averting more deaths on 9/11. Flight 93: The Shanksville Crash Site The fireball from the plane, which was carrying 7,000 gallons of fuel, scorched hundreds of acres of earth and set the surrounding trees ablaze for hours. The crash site in Somerset County, Pennsylvania, near the town of Shansksville, was littered with the wreckage from the fragmented plane, with a debris field scattered nearly eight miles away from the initial point of impact. Despite the devastation, investigators were able to recover both the plane’s flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder, or black box, which was found burrowed more than 25 feet below ground. Though few human remains were recovered at the site, medical examiners were eventually able to positively identify the 33 passengers, seven crew-members and four hijackers aboard Flight 93. The youngest passenger of Flight 93 was 20-year-old Deora Frances Bodley. Remembering Flight 93 In the weeks following the September 11 attacks, temporary memorials to the victims of United Flight 93 were erected at the Pennsylvania crash site and elsewhere, and in 2002 Congress established the Flight 93 National Memorial to create a permanent tribute to the plane’s passengers and crew. The first phase of the memorial was completed in time for the 10th anniversary of the terrorist attacks in September 2011. Administered by the National Park Service and encompassing more than 2,220 acres, the memorial includes a visitor center; walking paths including the 40 Memorial Groves; and The Tower of Voices, a 93-foot tower with a wind chime representing each person who perished on board. Visitors can walk through Memorial Plaza to the Wall of Names, where the names of every passenger of Flight 93 are recorded, before proceeding to the crash site itself, known as “Sacred Ground,” the final resting place of the heroes of Flight 93. So every single body disintegrated because of the intense heat of the jet fuel and explosion including both rolls royce airplane engines as well as the entire airplane so that all you see is fragments of what was an airplane, yet somehow this ladies flight manual happens to survive all of this. If you believe this story, I have a few bridges I'd like to show you at a discounted rate. I was watching a documentary where Ex-Flight Attendant Rebekah Roth said that all flight phones had been decommissioned for American Airlines planes and that a mobile phone could not work at a certain altitude so she questioned the validity of the calls made from the planes. Yeah, I don't buy that the plane tunneled into the "soft" soil of Pennsylvania. I live in Pennsylvania. The soil is not soft. It isn't loam. It's clay and fieldstone. Even if the place was recently strip mined, the clay settles like cement after a rain. There should have been pieces of that jet all over the place. not one person was held accountable for failing to protect the nation, not one. Many were promoted or retired though with pay upgrades. The first thing the bush administration did was send out lawyers to anyone who was a victim or family member was injured or killed to offer them $200,000 if they promise not to sue or question authorities about how this happened. That makes sense. solid steel, nickle, and titanium alloys in the engines. Including half ton center core of the engine which is a solid steel alloy spindle. where is it. it cannot turn into vapor, where are the parts. and why is the hole smaller than the width of the planes wingspan. What is the small trench before the crater, this would tend one to believe that this is where the plane entered. Why did the only witness say this was not a large object but about the width of her van and was moving 50-100 feet above her when she was driving, moving with parallel to the ground, not coming straight down. Where is the plane? Another thing funny how their is no video of the crash site after it supposedly hit the ground but on 9/11/01 their was news coverage. So why are all the videos gone??? How come there's no large debris around the crash site? And no bodies found?! Where's the debris?? If you look at other plane crash sites, you'll see there are larger pieces of debris, such as well as engines, wings, parts of the fuselage, and sadly, bodies, etc.! Sorry, I'm not buying that it was a jet that crashed at the PA site. Remember Lockerbie ? Panam fell 30,000 ft after the explosion and the fuselage cockpit and tail section were all seperated but all plain to see. Smithsonian shame on you. And yet a flight log was found ! How credible is that. One aircraft has about six million individual parts with serial numbers. Double that now for two airplanes. This was all that remained ? There would have been people still finding pieces when they swept up leaves . or guys repairing a leaking roof near that old disaster site. That's my opinion as a Mechanic with over thirty five yrs. experience and expert at how parts behave upon failure . Everything would survive that except for tires and anything fabric , plastic , paper , etc.. anything that can melt disintegrate or burn might not ovoid complete destruction. You don't have to be a rocket scientist to see the real footage and their was nothing left of flight 93. I'm sorry but their is no way a cardboard box survived that crash ( shot down by the military ) the jet fuel alone would of disincarnated everything... So no plane wreckage but a handbook is perfect intact. Hmmn "No airplane fuel contaminated soil" We all know the official stories are lies. What really happened to the people of flight 93 what horror befell those innocent people? I hope the perpetrators of this event know whats waiting for them when they leave "This World" All four planes were destroyed in the attacks by our own government, with no survivors bodies' found and no suite case's found, no wreckage found, no plane's found... ever #4 P.S. the real truth is U.S. Government landed all 4 planes at a air force base and killed ever passengers on Flight 11, 175, 77, and 93 on the ground after landing the planes our own U.S. Government Will Kill You. Real Truth That On 9/11 Proof That No Boeing 757-200 Planes Never Hit The Pentagon. No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat -https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available.

Real Truth That On 9/11 Proof That No Boeing 757 Planes Never Hit The Pentagon. No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone In 2025!

Yes America Is Collapsing Now Today And Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? Taken from news clips and segments of YouTube videos like, 911: Painful Deceptions, 911 Mysteries and Loose Change, this 22 minute video aims to tie together facts given in each of those well done documentaries in order to reveal just a few highlights of the many unanswered questions and problems with the "official story" concerning the events of 9/11. On a deeper level, this video may also be telling us that Babylon is indeed rising. P.S. The American Government Isn't Protecting Us The American People's... Its Is Our Own Government Who Are The One's Who Is Killing Us Today Right Now ? I’m Surprised People Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. Yes that's what our second amendment exists for to take down terrorist tyrant traitors calling themselves government. "You won't get gun control by disarming law-abiding citizens. There's only one way to get real gun control: Disarm the thugs and the criminals, lock them up, and if you don't actually throw away the key, at least lose it for a long time." - President Reagan The natural right to keep & bear arms protects all of our other natural rights. Two of the very few reasons government exists is to protect the country and protect the natural rights of its citizens. However, the government, fed and state, have abandoned their purpose and have made themselves the enemy of America and Americans. They not only fail to protect our rights, they steal our wealth to spend Attacking our natural rights and trying to replace them with socialist welfare & subsidies like murdering babies & state-mismanaged death care. The Second Amendment is not about duck hunting…. It is about our rights, all of our rights to be able to protect ourselves from ‘All Enemies Foreign and Domestic’. This includes protections from a possible Tyrannical Government.” No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called highjackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. SEPT. 09 /11 2001 - FALSE FLAG CONSPIRACY - FINALLY SOLVED NAMES, CONNECTIONS, MOTIVES - https://rumble.com/v28y81y-sept.-09-11-2001-false-flag-conspiracy-finally-solved-names-connections-mot.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. Welcome To The New World Order - The Year Zero - The Real Origin of the World - National Anthem of the United States of America and Confederate States of America National Anthem and New World Order National Anthem Is "The Ostrich" Lyrics by Steppenwolf from the album 'Rest In Peace' 1967-1972 A.C.E. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA has since sponsored space expeditions, both human and mechanical, that have yielded vital information about the solar system and universe. During the 1960s, NASA started its space science and interplanetary probe program, with the Mariner program being its flagship program, launching probes to Venus, Mars, and Mercury in the 1960s. The Jet Propulsion Laboratory was the lead NASA center for robotic interplanetary exploration, making significant discoveries about the inner planets. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. I will post the most up to date links, but some of the originals are gone. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone In 2025!

On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go.

2.3 $$ Trillion Dollars Missing 9-11 False Flag Conspiracy Finally Solved (Names, Connections, Motives) No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone In 2025!

A Mystery Of Israel Solved Today And How Zionists Fooled Christians Into Supporting A Spirit Cooking Their Satanic Blood Feasting Parasitic Pedophiles Monsters Secret Agenda. Top Secret The Elite’s Addiction To Adrenochrome And The Sacrifice Of Childhoods And Yes Its O.K. The Right To Kill Kids By USC And Drink Blood Of Kids Per United States Constitution Enshrines And Protects The Fundamental Right To Religious Liberty As Americans’ First Freedom God And Or Devil Worship In America Your Choice. For Immortality Through Largest Child Trafficking Networks Inside The U.S.A. Government 33,000+ Pedophile's Killing Of Children Adrenochrome U.S. Government Elite's Secret Blood Super Drugs DHS, FBI, CIA, ICE, DOJ, DOD, HHS, 100's Other Powerful World Wide Organizations United States Constitution. Religious Freedom Child Sacrifice Child sacrifice has been a controversial topic throughout history, with various religious and cultural practices involving the killing of children as a form of sacrifice. While some religious traditions have condemned child sacrifice, others have justified it as a means of appeasing deities or achieving spiritual goals. Abortion as a Modern Equivalent of Child Sacrifice Some argue that abortion is a modern equivalent of child sacrifice, as it involves the intentional taking of human life, often for religious or moral beliefs. Unfortunately, child sacrifice continues to occur in various forms around the world. Deep State Pedophiles Exposed Child Trafficking, Hollywood Pedophiles, Major Companies, Politicians, Vatican, Deep State Demons Mother of Darkness Witch Hillary Clinton, Huma, & Anthony Weiner Exposed Deep State Pedophiles CIA Paid Pizza Gate Clues Real Pedophile Human Trafficking In Children Sex Slave Ring Evidence Etc. have been in the underground news more now than ever, with researchers and truth seekers looking for answers. Child trafficking is deeply-embedded within Hollywood, CIA, politicians and famous people. CIA Paid Pizza Gate Clues Pedophile Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Evidence - https://rumble.com/v4axwrc-cia-paid-pizza-gate-clues-pedophile-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-ring-ev.html Perhaps you’ve heard of Pizzagate or Comet Ping Pong. The videos below tell the story on child trafficking by demonic predators. Isaac Kappy, actor, blew the whistle on Hollywood pedophiles and was suicided days later. They say a picture says a thousand words, so you could be forgiven for thinking that the art and paintings surrounding the Pizzagate scandal practically scream, “Something is not right!” While modern art and all art in general is highly subjective, the provocative paintings and art that Pizzagate “conspiracy theorists” are pointing to does indeed show to many people that either those involved in this scandal have highly dubious artistic tastes or they are very sinister individuals who don’t mind flaunting their beliefs and practices. You be the judge First, you should know that James Alefantis, the owner of the Comet Ping Pong restaurant at the heart of the Pizzagate scandal, is not just a mere pizza peddler and restaurant owner. He was ranked number 49 in the top 50 list of the “Most Powerful People in Washington” by GQ magazine and his ex-partner was none other than David Brock, a man described by Time magazine as “one of the most influential operatives in the Democratic Party.” It is clear that far from being just a local D.C. restaurant that serves pizza, Comet Ping Pong is a place frequented by Washington’s political elite. To further connect the Pizzagate dots between James Alefantis, John Podesta, and Hillary Clinton, there have been various fundraising events revolving around Comet Ping Pong such as Pizza For Hillary, held on April 10, 2016, in which “Pizza Chef James Alefantis” was listed as special guest on the bill. So now that we know John Podesta, Hillary Clinton, and James Alefantis were all betrothed to the same political ideals, what of the suspicious Pizzagate paintings and art? One of the large murals on display at Comet Ping Pong was created by the artist Arrington de Dionyso, and this brightly colored painting portrays large people cradling the heads of smaller people. Then we have Tony Podesta, John Podesta’s brother. It has already been well documented that he has very eclectic taste in art, but many of the pieces he collects, such as a Jeffrey Dahmer-inspired sculpture by Louise Bourgeois called The Art of Hysteria, are just plain creepy. And what of Podesta’s deep and abiding admiration for Serbian artist Biljana Djurdevic? He has decorated his Kalorama home with paintings by the artist, many of which show children in sadistic poses. Washington Life has reported that he dedicates himself almost exclusively to contemporary works and that he has a very clear aesthetic when it comes to art. But when it comes to art and personal beliefs and practices, where exactly does one draw the line? And is it any wonder that a Pizzagate scandal has arisen when the Democratic political elite are flaunting the kind of art they do? U.S.A. Killing Of Children Adrenochrome US Government Elite's Secret Super Drug - https://rumble.com/v4ztizb-u.s.a.-killing-of-children-adrenochrome-us-government-elites-secret-super-d.html Next, there is radical performance artist Marina Abramovic. Marina is another individual who is close to the heart of the Comet Ping Pong Pizzagate scandal and a favorite of James Alefantis. She is a master of creating shock in the name of art, including conducting one performance art piece using pig’s blood that is known as Spirit Cooking. Art News has reported that even though Abramovic has been the subject of many debates recently, she is stunned that anybody could take her art the wrong way. Robbie Williams has suggested the Pizzagate conspiracy theory hasn’t truly been debunked in a bizarre new interview. The 46-year-old sat down for an interview with journalist Anna Brees, and in a teaser clip from the second part of the interview, the Rock DJ singer appears to question the validity of a conspiracy theory alleging that several high-ranking Democratic Party officials and U.S. restaurants were involved in an alleged human trafficking and child sex ring. The theory was widely debunked during the 2016 US presidential election, following an investigation by the New York Times and the fact-checking website Snopes. However, the theory has gained renewed interest on TikTok in recent weeks, and it seems Williams is also interested in the conspiracy theory. In a clip shared by Brees, the former Take That star says: ‘Look, there might be a personally reasonable explanation for that language, who knows. The fact that we don’t know means that nothing has been debunked. Yes, there was no basement in the particular pizza place. That’s not the debunking that I want, as a civilian, a human that’s going “hey, this bit, this bit’s really f***ing weird, what is that bit”. ‘Nobody’s been asked, nobody’s said and there’s been no answers. But the overarching reporting on this story is debunked fake news. It’s not. The right questions haven’t been asked to the right people in the right places. ‘Just as I take my popstar hat off, my celebrity hat off, and just talk as Robert from Stoke-on-Trent, ST6 7HA, opposite the Ancient Briton, big up Stoke-on-Trent – just as that guy for a moment, that’s watching from the terraces, why aren’t those questions being asked?’ He added: ‘And also, if there is an explanation and it’s perfectly reasonable, then the explanation is perfectly reasonable. It doesn’t feel like it.’ This isn’t the first time Robbie has talked about Pizzagate, as in a May interview with Chris Thrall, he mentioned a theory involving ‘a dough based food with a dairy topping on it’ and said: ‘This sort of out of control red pilling can come back and bite a lot of people in the a**e.’ After Brees shared the clip, Robbie Williams and Pizzagate began trending. Proponents of the theory alleged that there were coded messages in the leaked emails of Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager John Podesta that connected Democratic Party officials to a paedophile ring. Red Shoes Pedophile Club Obama-Biden-Clinton Drinking & Eating Child Sacrifice - https://rumble.com/v4zjnj9-red-shoes-pedophile-club-obama-biden-clinton-drinking-and-eating-child-sacr.html They alleged that children were being abused and Satanic rituals being held in the basement of Washington DC pizza restaurant called Comet Ping Pong. The pizza restaurant doesn’t even have a basement, as discovered by Edgar Maddison Welch, who was arrested when he stormed Comet Ping Pong with a gun in December 2016. As well as the theory being fake debunked by journalists cover-up, no alleged victims found alive came forward to talk and no physical evidence supporting the cover-up theory was ever found. Pedophile and A Pizza Secret Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring Evidence - https://rumble.com/v2bbfv2-pedophile-and-a-pizza-secret-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-ring-evidence-.html CIA Director Pompeo Oversees Capture Of UN Pedophile Who Leaked Video Of Hillary Clinton Killing Child (True ?) What is the real world evidence and sources for these words that I've seen shared so much? “hotdog” = boy “pizza” = girl “cheese” = little girl “pasta” = little boy “ice cream” = male prostitute “walnut” = person of color “map” = semen “sauce” = orgy - So I searching online for any evidence that "pizza," "hotdogs," "cheese," or "pasta" are code words used by pedophiles. Found nothing, yet this "fact" has been repeated in virtually every post about Pizzagate. What's the source? Of course it's possible that the only Pedophile using these words and their kid sex friends. It may be their own private language. I got stuck doing some research on all this stuff and the guy who "shot up the place" fired 1 round that magically hit the computer in the back of the shop. I also did some research on the guy and he is some 3rd rate actor who has had a couple small parts in movies. He was a puppet of the Pedophiles ! It was a set up ! Smoke and mirrors ! Who here cans food? Anyone? 20,000lbs of tomatoes? Disney Pedophile's Branson Necker Island 40 Miles To Epstein Orgy Island Global Elite - https://rumble.com/v2dim5k-disney-pedophiles-branson-necker-island-40-miles-to-epstein-orgy-island-glo.html Disney Pedophile's Billionaire-Backed Sex Trafficking Cult Partied With Richard Branson on His Private Island and It’s also worth noting that former President Obama vacationed with Branson on Necker Island last year. Moreover, convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epstein had Branson and Bill Clinton listed among his contacts in his “little black book,” and his private island known as “Orgy Island” is less than 40 miles away from Necker Island within the Virgin Islands cluster. According to a survivor of MK-Ultra torture organized by the CIA, US military and Freemasons, Disney was himself a pedophile. Her name is Fiona Barnett, she is Australian, and she was raped by Australian elites, as well as by Richard Nixon and Billy Graham. She calls her story “Hang on for the Ride” Sounds like Disney was operating as a procurer for the international pedophile network Epstein was running. Photos have surfaced that show Richard Branson on his island with members of the billionaire-backed cult that has been charged with child sex trafficking. Pedophile Richard Branson Necker Island NXIVM Cult Hosted Sex Parties at Richard Branson Private Island where Obama also Partied Members of the Hollywood sex cult NXIVM hosted seminars and lavish sex parties on Richard Branson’s private Caribbean island in a bid to recruit the billionaire, according to a whistleblower. Several members, including co-founder Nancy Salzman and ‘Smallville’ actress Allison Mack, visited Branson’s Necker Island for “seminars” in 2007 and 2010, with one of those visits paid for by billionaire heiress Sara Bronfman. “In 2007 Nancy Salzman came back from the Necker seminar and she told me Richard Branson was there. I was told the reason they staged the seminars on Necker was they hoped to recruit Branson into the organization,” former NXIVM publicist Frank Parlato told The Sun. “Branson would have been the biggest score they ever had – a billionaire businessman.” Parlato said the billionaire was seduced by the group during their visits. “Nancy said she did the teaching by day. But she said he became increasingly restless and hosted really crazy parties that started earlier and earlier,” he said. “The classes started at 7am and were supposed to run to 9pm or 10pm, but everyone was up late at night and no one wanted to show up on time.” Jeffrey Epstein’s Dead Woman And Blackmail Phone Book List Of Real Name's - https://rumble.com/v29rda6-jeffrey-epsteins-dead-woman-and-blackmail-phone-book-list-of-real-names-w0w.html Jeffrey Epstein’s and Ghislaine Maxwell the woman accused of helping Epstein groom young girls for sex and death sex - Dead Woman and Blackmail Phone Book List Of Real Name's revealed the discovery in New York City with Black Mail Money with Pay Off Info. 2001 after Sept. 9/11 address book that belonged to Jeffrey Epstein, the billionaire and felon who died in prison in 2019. The book predates Epstein's original little blackmail book connects its former owner with 672 name of prominent male/Female pedophiles and rapes and other sex crime's person's and some friends and non-sex individuals. A Virgin Management spokesman said: “Sir Richard Branson has never heard of Keith Raniere, he has never met him and there is absolutely no association between Sir Richard and the NXIVM group or its leader.” But in fact, Branson endorsed one of Keith Raniere’s “empowerment” groups called the Ethical Humanitarian Foundation, according to its website. “The tools you have for compassionately dealing with complex ethical and global issues are not only unique, but also extremely valuable,” Branson said on the EHF’s “Endorsements” page. “This, along with a program of coordinated, organized resources, makes for an innovative approach to transforming our society. I think your founding event will be extraordinary and potentially world changing!” As we’ve reported, other wealthy liberal elites are shown to have ties to the sex group. Pedophilia and Prostitution! Disney's Sick Secrets Exposed The theme park made headlines around the world recently when a 2-year-old boy was snatched by an alligator from the shoreline of Disney's Grand Floridian Resort. But sources say it's the two-legged creatures there that could be the most dangerous. Disney Cruise Charged Kids $75 To Visit Epstein's 'Pedophile Island' A Disney owned and operated a cruise line in the Caribbean offered a snorkeling trip for children to Jeffrey Epstein’s notorious “Pedophile Island” for years. The day trip to Little St James, known as “Pedophile Island” to locals, was priced between $60 and $75 for children aged 8 years and older. Describing Epstein’s notorious island as “sun-soaked”, the Disney Cruise did not warn parents that the island was owned by the notorious billionaire pedophile. Instead, the literature mentioned “curious fish” that “dart back and forth in the clear blue water”. What really happened on Little St James, the 75-acre private paradise in the US Virgin Islands that billionaire sex abuser Jeffrey Epstein once called home? It was in the Virgins that Epstein registered as a sex offender in 2010, following his first conviction for child prostitution in 2008. He also based his shell companies in a small unmarked office in a seaside strip mall on St Thomas, alongside a Sam’s Mini-Mart and a salon called Happy Nails. In 1998, he bought Little St James from venture capitalist Arch Cummin via a shell company, reportedly paying just under $8 million (£6 million). The new owner quickly scoured away all the native vegetation and replaced it with 40-foot palm trees. Pedophilia (alternatively spelt paedophilia) is a psychiatric disorder in which an adult or older adolescent experiences a primary or exclusive sexual attraction to prepubescent children. There is so much info on Human Trafficking of children by Hollywood Pedophiles and politicians (Deep State) that it would take days to type all. I will let these videos speak for themselves. Some organizations involved in pedophilia and human trafficking are Puma, Nike, the Vatican and Disney, just to name a few. As always, it’s up to you to make your own decisions on Hollywood pedophiles, Child Trafficking and how the Deep State is involved. A Clear And Present Big Picture Of Child Trafficking Pizzagate And Beyond Mediarebell - https://rumble.com/v70hqgq-a-clear-and-present-big-picture-of-child-trafficking-pizzagate-and-beyond-m.html Convicted sex offender Anthony Weiner, 55, 'is lobbying to be allowed inside his eight-year-old son's prestigious New York school causing panic among parents who have children the same age as the teen he sexted. Anthony Weiner has been lobbying to be allowed access to his son's school again, after he was blocked from the premises following his conviction for sexting a 15-year-old girl. The former US Congressman, 55, continued to take his eight-year-old son Jordan to school in New York after her served 18 months in prison, but he is only allowed to collect the child from the gate. Now Weiner – who represented New York's 9th congressional district for more than 12 years – reportedly wants to gain access to school grounds and it has upset parents of attendees. The disgraced politician not only wants to pick up his son from inside, but wishes to attend parent-teacher meetings, a source claimed. 'Parents are very upset,' the insider told Page Six. 'The school has kids that are 16 and 17 — the same age as [the kid] that he was [sexting] with.' The source has claimed the school in downtown Manhattan is considering letting Weiner back onto the grounds. It prompted worried parents to ask a representative to reach out to the New York Post, detailing the school's alleged consideration. The school - which has not been identified - declined to comment, Page Six reports. Weiner also declined to comment on their source's claim. Sex offenders are usually banned from places where children are commonly around. However the school board may make exceptions in certain circumstances to allow convicts pass the gate. Weiner's wife, Huma Abedin, filed for divorce in September 2017 before he was locked up for his sex offence. But she withdrew the petition in January 2018, deciding to settle the case privately. On October 31, 2017 the pair were spotted on the school run despite their rocky relationship. Then they were seen dropping Jordan off again on Halloween two years later. It was only last week that the parents were pictured in a rare moment together, without their child. It's unclear whether they are together but DailyMail.com previously revealed that Weiner had moved into the same apartment building as 43-year-old Hillary Clinton aide, Abedin, just a few months after he was released from prison. Weiner's devices were subject to investigation after DailyMail.com revealed he'd had an online sexual relationship with an underage teenager for months, and sent her lewd messages and pictures. The investigation into Weiner's devices began when DailyMail.com revealed that the disgraced congressman had an online sexual relationship with an underage teenage girl for months and sent her lewd messages and pictures. The technician tasked with rifling through Weiner's iPad, iPhone and laptop in September 2016 found 340,000 emails between Clinton and Abedin, Weiner's estranged wife, with many using a hillaryclinton.com address. But the shocking discovery went ignored at the FBI because senior officials were 'overwhelmed' by the investigation into Russian meddling in the 2016 election, Stewart wrote. Nobody at Quantico was taking action, so one agent went outside the chain of command and shared the allegations with New York prosecutors, which led to James Comey reopening the investigation days before the 2016 election. One agent said he was 'scared' by the damning emails he found and then 'pressed on his superiors to follow up on the bombshell discovery'. After DailyMail.com exposed Weiner, and he admitted to knowing the age of the victim from North Carolina, he was given 21 months in prison for sending sexually-explicit texts to the underage girl. He was released three months early on good behavior. The girl was pictured but never identified. Weiner was aware that the girl was underage, according to DailyMail.com interviews with the girl and her father, as well as a cache of online messages. Hillary Clinton Pedophile Sex Ring Continues To Be Exposed By Insiders – FBI and NYPD Confirming Hillary Clinton’s Massive Crime Syndicate in Washington DC. A Clear And Present Truth Origins And Techniques Of CIA Monarch Mind Control Programming - https://rumble.com/v70hb1q-a-clear-and-present-truth-origins-and-techniques-of-cia-monarch-mind-contro.html The following is a compilation of reports associated to the latest leaks about Hillary Clinton’s involvement with pedophile sex. There are now multiple sources from the FBI and NYPD confirming Hillary Clinton’s massive crime syndicate in Washington DC. Is this the take down of the cabal taking place right in front of our eyes or is this a disinformation campaign? All of the following information was given to us by our insiders who have specific first-hand knowledge of the Hillary Clinton email scandal. It seems that things are about to heat up. We are told that of the 662,871 emails lifted from Anthony Weiner’s computer, 11,112 emails are Huma Abedin’s… and pay to play – including Saudis and Israelis. Meaning Huma was the one Hillary USED to communicate with foreign leaders via email for inside information and deals via Huma’s computer. NYPD detectives were sickened by what they saw, according to our insider, and they had threatened FBI field agents that they would leak this information, if the FBI did not “step up and take off the kid gloves”. At that point, 13 of the FBI agents in NYC were also threatening to leak the information. As you can imagine, the scandal has the entire Obama Administration in full panic. We are told there are emails that could send Loretta Lynch to prison, as well as Bill and Hillary. The Twitter post below, our sources sent us, verifying it is all true: The following information comes straight from an FBI Anonymous source, who is the senior analyst who posted on 4chan in early July of this year: Comey sent a letter to Congress, knowing that ultimately it would expose Loretta Lynch as a dirty actor and the breadcrumbs would lead directly to Obama. The State Department is terrified now. Comey has assembled a small team of 40 agents, whom he has declared “The Untouchables” after the famous federal agent Eliot Ness. Comey has clamped down on all FBI agents and he expects a full-scale war between the FBI and the Department of Justice (DOJ), the White House, and the State Department. He has confirmed and understands that many sitting senators, congressmen, lobbyists, and power players are going to be indicted and prosecuted. One of the main targets of the probe is the Clinton Foundation and Clinton Global Initiative. Among the targets under investigation are John Podesta, Huma, Cheryl Mills, CNN, ABC, NBC, etc. As it turns out, Weiner, Huma’s husband, had been forwarding Huma’s emails each time she came home and left her computer open. Huma appears to have been in touch with Saudi actors, and therefore, ESPIONAGE is strongly suspected. Comey and his 40 “Untouchables” are now preparing to take down the largest corruption ever witnessed in American history… which is what I think MUST happen if Comey is planning to stay part of the FBI. He lost so much respect and so much credibility with the first Hillary investigation, it would take something of this magnitude to allow him to face the public again. The Pentagon has internal players and outside players they call “creatives“. Creatives are civilians who tend to be geniuses, malcontents, extreme hackers, or otherwise demonstrate brilliance in other useful areas. A Pentagon program called Cicada 3301, which we have reported on previously, was created by several of these talented civilians. The program is now used to allow thousands of honest government people to report on their corrupt superiors, using what is called a DEAD BOX whistleblower encryption method so the non-corrupted government officials can report corruption and still remain safe. Again, thank you to all of the insiders, the whistleblowers, the good FBI agents, the good CIA agents, the good NYPD officers, and the non-corrupted government officials who want to see the truth exposed! Without these brave, wonderful, and morally erect individuals, our country would still be in the corrupted darkness. List of Visitors and Guestbook and Epstein Island They Do Not Want You to See Ever - https://rumble.com/v2d2l2c-list-of-visitors-and-guestbook-and-epstein-island-they-do-not-want-you-to-s.html Jeffrey Epstein Private Island Visitors List : A Closer Look At Jeffrey Epstein S Orgy Island Little Saint James / Jeffrey Epstein was a well connected man. Jeffrey Epstein Private Island Visitors List : A Closer Look At Jeffrey Epstein S Orgy Island Little Saint James / Jeffrey epstein was a well connected man.. Name found in epstein's black book and on epstein's private jet log. Names of every passenger to have flown on jeffrey epstein's aircraft 'to be revealed sparking panic among the pedophile's wealthy friends' the attorney general in the us virgin islands has. James, would become the site of some of his most notorious crimes—and filthy rich, a new documentary series on netflix, catalogues many of them. A view of little st. Jeffrey Epstein's private Caribbean island had mysterious safe, former employee claims. How U.S.A. Government Payed CIA Asset Jeffrey Epstein Got Away With It As Planned - https://rumble.com/v405v1q-how-u.s.a.-government-payed-cia-asset-jeffrey-epstein-got-away-with-it-as-p.html How U.S.A. Government Payed CIA Asset Jeffrey Epstein 9,600 + Flight Logs, Showing Detailed Ten Of Thousands Passenger Names On Thousands Lists, Entered into Evidence at Ghislaine Maxwell Trial Endlessly scrutinized, studied and speculated over for years, flight records from Jeffrey Epstein’s private airplanes have been the subject of debate, conjecture, litigation, and conspiracy theory. The trial of his accused accomplice Ghislaine Maxwell added unprecedented context and nearly 120 pages of only lightly-redacted handwritten paperwork released publicly on Sunday. CIA-DOJ-FBI Pizza-Gate Secrets Sex Multi-Billion Dollar Human Trafficking Industry - https://rumble.com/v2q8g8s-cia-doj-fbi-pizza-gate-secrets-sex-multi-billion-dollar-human-trafficking-i.html Millions of Rapist and Pedophile's Are Living and Working and Rape in U.S.A. and Secrets of the Multi-Billion Dollar Human Trafficking Industry World Wide is a documentary that exposes the global sex trade in women from the former 18 Soviet Bloc Country and U.S.A. The film takes viewers into the shadowy, multi-billion dollar world of sex trafficking. The documentary is available for free streaming on I Love Docs, a platform that curates award-winning documentaries. The History Of Satan And Sexual Worship At Grammys With Hollywood Movie Stars - https://rumble.com/v401pkb-the-history-of-satan-and-sexual-worship-at-grammys-with-hollywood-movie-sta.html The Cult of Devil Worship in America In This Special Video Exposé From The History Of Satan Worship we take a look at the recent 2023 Grammy Awards and look back at past Grammy Award shows to reveal how satanic worship has been prevalent each year going back quite some time now. The Grammys have been known to be one of the most popular award ceremonies to host a variety of many different artists. This annual event has featured a variety of different satanic-themed performances, as well as blatantly antichrist artists who don’t mind sharing their beliefs with others. This special exposé reveals the satanic history of The Grammys, as well as the mainstream satanic view many popular artists have to this day. Satan Performs at the Super Bowl While many believe the 2021 Super Bowl halftime show by The Weekend was nothing to be concerned about, we take a look behind the curtain to reveal what is really behind the artists who perform each year. Learn how Satan has been using the Super Bowl halftime shows to deceive millions of unsuspecting fans with so-called entertainment. That may seem like cold comfort, as Pizzagate already led one armed man to storm a pizzeria. Fears always swirl about future acts of violence. But these panics are no longer sweeping up entire regions or recruiting serious media figures. As ugly as they still are, their destructive power has lessened over time. Even if Satanic pedophile ring conspiracies are immortal, they are hopefully increasingly impotent as well. Secret Pedophile's Watch Child Beauty Pageant Glitter Girls Age 4 Thru 8 Yrs. Old - https://rumble.com/v36e1uw-secret-pedophiles-watch-child-beauty-pageant-glitter-girls-age-4-thru-8-yrs.html A child beauty pageant is a beauty contest featuring contestants starting at age 4 to under 16 years of age. Competition categories may include talent, interview, sportswear, casual wear, swimwear, western wear, theme wear, outfit of choice, decade wear, and evening wear. Depending on the type of pageant system (glitz or natural), contestants may be found wearing anything from makeup to fake teeth, known as flippers, as well as elaborate hairstyles and custom-designed fitted outfits to present their routines on stage. Social Effects And Truth About Popular Culture Is Market Driven Kids-Sex-Drugs-Etc - https://rumble.com/v2rvulc-social-effects-and-truth-about-popular-culture-is-market-driven-kids-sex-dr.html Truth About Popular Culture Is Market Driven Kids-Sex-Drugs-Cosmopolitan Magazine Cover and 10,000 Other Magazine Cover all over the world reveals everything wrong with the popular culture Have we completely lost our minds? In a word: Yes. Cosmopolitan Magazine has released its February issue, featuring the most recent transgender poster child Laverne Cox on its cover. There is so much wrong on this one page that it makes one’s head spin. Let me count the ways: • The misogynistic insult of women by denying the biological fact of the female. • The diminishing of the human being to little more than delusion and fantasy. • The blatant disregard for science, i.e. genetics and physiology. • The elevation of special “knowledge” (gnosis) that supersedes the natural and material. This is little more than a placard for a culture — a cult — of deception and deceit; a snapshot of a people who have literally lost their mind. When you dumb down the definition of the person to “being” gay, lesbian, queer, or straight; to “being” a homosexual, a transsexual or even heterosexual, you have just admitted you think those who have a given sexual appetite are actually defined by that desire. You are admitting you think “that’s just who they are” and that their very identity is nothing more than the sum total of their libidinous inclinations. Is this not the ultimate insult to the human being? Decoding 100's Illuminati Symbolism Pyramid All Seeing Eye And 666 Hand Gesture - https://rumble.com/v2s1tkm-decoding-100s-illuminati-symbolism-pyramid-all-seeing-eye-and-666-hand-gest.html Decoding 100's Illuminati Symbolism “Coraline” one eye with 666, everything becomes clear through the pyramid all seeing eye. Left eye path symbolizes clear vision, and the right eye in the occult symbolizes darkness. Horus and Lucifer has one eye. Hand signs of the Illuminati can be flashed in public by puppet world leaders and celebrities while the unsuspecting masses remain ignorant. Like Illuminati symbols, only Illuminati insiders are aware of the true meanings hidden behind the signs, hand gestures or semaphores. For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, but lose his soul?" -Mark 8:36 Woe to the idol Shepard that leaves the flock! The sword shall be upon his arm, and upon his right eye: his arm shall be clean dried up, and his right eye shall be utterly darkened. They have turned their backs on their Lord and these idols have led their flock (fans) astray." Zechariah 11:17 Wake up your soul is priceless, only God can give you ever lasting paradise. Satan is a liar. When people uses any of these phrases: One World Religion, Global Government, One World Order, New World Order, these people are pure evil and part of the worlds largest Satanic circles. Everything horrific happening in our world today is because of these satanic monsters. Creepy Pedophile's Uncle Joe Played Out Over 33 Million Dollars Sexual Assault Claims - https://rumble.com/v2rp4bc-creepy-pedophiles-uncle-joe-played-out-over-33-million-dollars-sexual-assau.html Creepy Pedophile's Uncle Joe Biden Has Been Accused 696 Times of Sexual Assault And Some Whistle blowers Are Dead Now. Where Is the #TimesUp Movement? The controversy over Joe Biden’s treatment of women, explained An old-school politician in a #MeToo world. A former staffer of Joe Biden has come forward, alleging that he sexually assaulted her while he was a Senator. She had initially approached the Time’s Up Legal Defense Fund but they turned her away, citing fears over accusing politicians. This reveals the inherent contradictions of Time’s Up. Disney Kids Series Again Sparks Backlash after Kids Spell Out - We Love You Satan - https://rumble.com/v297572-disney-kids-series-again-sparks-backlash-after-kids-spell-out-we-love-you-s.html Disney has been slammed for going woke yet again after a new cartoon series features - But when some of the elves end up in the wrong formation, the line briefly says, “We love you, Satan.” · Santa sees the word and corrects the elves, proclaiming, “Spelling.” They then freak out and fix their formation, delivering the “We love you, Santa” message they intended. The song-and-dance number in which the elves move the letter signs happens about 25 minutes into the series’ third episode. After the elves form the words "We love you Satan," then Allen, as Santa, says: "Spelling." The elves look down and shriek when they realize the typo, and change formation. Pizzagate Is An Alt-Left-Right Fever Dream Human Trafficking and Child Sex Ring - https://rumble.com/v2a8q68-pizzagate-is-an-alt-left-right-fever-dream-human-trafficking-and-child-sex-.html What is the real world evidence and sources for these words that I've seen shared so much? “hotdog” = boy “pizza” = girl “cheese” = little girl “pasta” = little boy “ice cream” = male prostitute “walnut” = person of color “map” = semen “sauce” = orgy - So I searching online for any evidence that "pizza," "hotdogs," "cheese," or "pasta" are code words used by pedophiles. Found nothing, yet this "fact" has been repeated in virtually every post about Pizzagate. What's the source? A Woke Hollywood Revolution and Is Hollywood ‘Waking Up Now’ Audience’s Desire ? - https://rumble.com/v2bol1s-a-woke-hollywood-revolution-and-is-hollywood-waking-up-now-audiences-desire.html We Got Here Because of Cowardice. We Get Out With Courage Say no to the Woke Revolution. So A Woke Hollywood Revolution - Act I: Prologue 00:00 - Act II: Screw Your Freedom 02:36 - Act III: Consequence Culture 07:39 - Act IV: Culture War 12:58 - Act V: Epilogue 18:40 - Hollywood will barely dare whisper it but the woke revolution that has driven out white men and ensures that every production is ideologically sound will kill the entertainment industry ? Maybe ? What do you mean 'Will' It has already done it. How many new movies are created by the new Woke movement and are terrible have flop ? Yes I Think So ? A lot of people want to convince you that you need a Ph.D. or a law degree or dozens of hours of free time to read dense texts about critical theory to understand the woke movement and its worldview. You do not. You simply need to believe your own eyes and ears. Parents Beware Internet Porn Cartoon Funny Starting Conversation With Your Kids - https://rumble.com/v2cehi2-parents-beware-internet-porn-cartoon-funny-starting-conversation-with-your-.html The Internet can be wonderful for kids. They can use it to research school reports, communicate with teachers and other kids, and play interactive games. For many of us, we see our online lives and offline lives as different, but children are growing up with technology and the internet and for them there isn’t a difference; online life and offline life is just life. WoW This Looks Fun Lady's Keyhole Top Surgery For Female to Male Transgender -- https://rumble.com/v2zsoao-wow-this-looks-fun-ladys-keyhole-top-surgery-for-female-to-male-transgender.html Male to Female Sex Reassignment Surgery Live ** Very Graphic ** Think Twice Guys ? - https://rumble.com/v2hpw3e-male-to-female-sex-reassignment-surgery-live-very-graphic-think-twice-guys-.html Pandemic Of The Unvaccinated People Will Threaten The Live Of Vaccinated People? - https://rumble.com/v2qf2nk-pandemic-of-the-unvaccinated-people-will-threaten-the-live-of-vaccinated-pe.html You Will Never Trust Another Celebrity After Watching This Corrupt U.S.A. Governments - https://rumble.com/v2kq5mw-you-will-never-trust-another-celebrity-after-watching-this-corrupt-u.s.a.-g.html Obama, Pelosi, Waters, Squad of 4 Said Today - Trump In Jail - No Bail - A Gag Order - https://rumble.com/v2g5lye-obama-pelosi-waters-squad-of-4-said-today-trump-in-jail-no-bail-a-gag-order.html Thanks and Great Reply Post - That was a great video. I really appreciate what you just did there man it’s been a long road for me addiction and Devious behaviors have not allowed me to completely turn myself over to Christ. But, I noticed more and more lately than I’m looking to him and starting to worship and give my entire heart to him. The stuff people are dealing with specially children in this wicked wicked time it’s truly unbearable sometimes. But, as you said, if we turn to the good Lord and give him our entire heart, and the Lords way, you can truly learn to love and forgive yourself, as well as others. God bless you. Sex Slave 4 Sale Remember Men Buy, Sell, Or Trade, Rape Illegals Arrive Ghost Flights - https://rumble.com/v3lnmc5-sex-slave-4-sale-remember-men-buy-sell-or-trade-rape-illegals-arrive-ghost-.html Government officials now say that 1,310+ secret sex slave flights with 200 kids ave. per flights is 1 million 262,000 of sex slave total on a variety of all factors, including (Real Numbers Over 1,262,000+ missing children so far) because of air space restrictions and weather conditions, and that no attempt is made to hide their arrival (is a lie). The more fundamental concern expressed by politicians who keep talking about “ghost flights at 1am to 4am the Biden administration helping sex traders and Government pedophile pickers look at the unattended kids and teens the most and or unaccompanied girl 8 to 14+ and some boys so no one will look for them, for the secret flights at night only to sell to sex slave traders in U.S.A. Biden admin and others doesn’t want media attention on illegal immigration flights, its open border policies, or the results of those policies. How do we know? A security officer just said so, in an sex explosive video of secretive, dark-of-night flights transporting illegal immigrants to various points at night only throughout the U.S.A. A Clear And Present Evil Project Monarch A Secret CIA Extension Of Project MKUltra Slave Program - https://rumble.com/v70foes-a-clear-and-present-evil-project-monarch-a-secret-cia-extension-of-project-.html A Clear And Present Danger True History Sexualization Millions Of Pedophile's Just The Tip Iceberg Pt. 1 - https://rumble.com/v70g4i4-a-clear-and-present-danger-true-history-sexualization-millions-of-pedophile.html A Clear And Present Danger True History Sexualization Millions Of Pedophiles Just The Tip Iceberg Pt. 2 - https://rumble.com/v70gi2o-a-clear-and-present-danger-true-history-sexualization-millions-of-pedophile.html A Clear And Present Danger True History Sexualization Million Of Pedophile Just The Tip Iceberg Pt. 3 - https://rumble.com/v70gsy6-a-clear-and-present-danger-true-history-sexualization-million-of-pedophile-.html Epstein List, Epstein flight logs, Little St James Island, guest List, Jeffrey Epstein estate reaches settlement, Jeffrey Epstein's Estate, US Virgin Islands, Epstein estate, Rumble, Twitter, Reddit, Facebook, Google, Duck Duck go, Truth Social, Epstein Island Vistor List, epstein island guests, jeffrey, epstein, lolita express, Epstein passenger list, pedophile island, sexual predators, perverts, Donald J. Trump, Bill Clinton, Kevin Spacey, Chris Tucker, Bill Gates, Prince Andrew, Robert F. Kennedy Jr, Prince Andrew, Bill Gates, Donald J. Trump, Bill Clinton, Kevin Spacey, Chris Tucker, Bill Gates, Prince Andrew, Robert F. Kennedy Jr, Chelsea Handler, Ben Affleck, Phil Collins, The Queen, Betty White, Violinist Itzhak Perlman, John Legend, Cher, Lady Gaga, Madonna, John Cusack, Jim Carrey, Tom Hanks, Oprah Winfrey, Steven Tyler, Richard Branson, Naomi Campbell, Charlie Sheen, Prince Philip, Ellen DeGeneres, Pharell Williams, Christy Teagan, Bill Clinton, Hillary Clinton, Jay Z, Beyonce Knowles, Eminem, Marshall Mathers, Alex Baldwin, Meryl Streep, Will Ferrell, Seth Green, Will Smith, Jada Pinkett Smith, Hollywood Celebrities, U.S. Sen. John Glenn, Former Senate majority leader George Mitchell, Quinton Terentino, Robert Downey Jr, Nadia Bjorlin, Catherine Hudson, Gwen Stefani, James DeFranco, Anderson Cooper, Demi Moore, Stephen Colbert, Wanda Sykes, Michelle Wolfe, Bill Murray, James Gunn, Kathy Griffin, Katy Perry, Brian Afleck, and now more then 4,600+ new name's depraved men and female and if you want to have sex and kill the person you rape too..... its o.k if you pay the money and other sex pedophile drug adrenochrome is harvested from the blood of children body by hollywood and other elites. 1,372,069's of man/woman and young dead kids are still missing to this day..... yes very sad! P.s. someone came forward and said body dump at night in the seas ? this person is also dead now. Prior to his death, Epstein denied federal charges of sex trafficking other sex pedophile involving minors which could have resulted in a 100+ life year prison sentence. However he faced a mountain of evidence including testimony from alleged victims and documents obtained by prosecutors indicating an elaborate trafficking ring. P.p.s. Jeffrey Epstein’s Is Still A Bad Man But.... Dead Woman And Blackmail Phone Book List Of Real Name's - May Not Be Real ? Who Really Print's A Address Book ? One Copy Printed ? Not Write By Hand ? Maybe A Insider News's Joke... Ha Ha Ha https://s3.documentcloud.org/documents/21165424/epstein-flight-logs-released-in-usa-vs-maxwell.pdf Statistics underscore the prevalence of violence in our communities. It is urgent that we stand up against domestic violence, sexual violence, human trafficking and child abuse: Domestic violence statistics A person is abused in the United States every 9 seconds; (Bureau of Justice Statistics) On average, 3 women are killed by a current or former intimate partner each day in the United States; (Bureau of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics) 1 in 4 women have experienced severe physical violence by an intimate partner; (National Intimate Partner & Sexual Violence Survey) 1 in 4 victims of intimate partner violence identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or queer; (National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs) 66 percent of female stalking victims are stalked by a current or former intimate partner; (National Stalking Resource Center) Domestic violence costs more than $8.3 billion a year in medical care, mental health services and lost productivity at companies; (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) More than 15 million children witness domestic violence each year in the United States; (Journal of Family Psychology) 3,500 to 4,000 children witness fatal family violence annually in the United States; (National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence) Sexual violence statistics 1 in 4 women and 1 out of 6 men are sexually abused in their lifetime; (Department of Justice) In 8 out of 10 rape cases, the victim knows the attacker; (Department of Justice) 1 in 2 transgender individuals will experience sexual violence; (National Intimate Partner & Sexual Violence Survey) 1 in 4 bisexual women will experience sexual violence; (National Intimate Partner & Sexual Violence Survey) 2 in 5 gay men will be sexually abused; (National Intimate Partner & Sexual Violence Survey) Nearly 6 out of 10 sexual assaults occur in the victim’s home or the home of a friend, relative or neighbor; (Department of Justice) 13.3 percent of college women say they have been forced to have sex in a dating situation; (Journal of Interpersonal Violence) Only 28 percent of victims report their sexual assault to the police; (Bureau of Justice Statistics) Only about 2 percent of all sexual assaults reported to police turn out to be false; (Department of Justice) Among developmentally disabled adults, up to 83 percent of females and 32 percent of males are victims of sexual violence; (Disabled Women’s Network) Child abuse statistics A report of child abuse is made every 10 seconds; (American Society for the Positive Care of Children) 1 in 3 girls and 1 in 7 boys will be sexually assaulted by the time they reach 18; (Department of Justice) More than 4 children die each day because of child abuse; (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services) More than 90 percent of child sexual abuse victims know their attacker; (“Sexual Assault of Young Children as Reported to Law Enforcement” by Howard Snyder) Approximately 70 percent of children that die from abuse are under the age of 4; (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services) About 30 percent of abused and neglected children will later abuse their own children, continuing the cycle of violence; (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services) Quick Facts about Sexual Assault in America – 2023 It is a sobering fact that sexual assault is one of the most prevalent crimes committed in American society. While a tremendous amount of work has been done in our culture to empower victims, hold perpetrators accountable, and remove the stigma around reporting an assault, statistics still point to a very troubling picture of sexual assault in America. Every two minutes, an American is sexually assaulted. This is a staggering rate. This works out to an average of 237,868 victims of rape or sexual assault each year. To say there is a sexual assault crisis in our society may be a dramatic understatement, especially given that countless assaults go unreported each year. Why Did Joe Biden Take Lots Of Showers With His Eleven-Year-Old Daughter Who Said I Had To Wash And Soap Up My Dad Hard Naked Body By Hand ? Joe Biden Said Cum On Man... Its Not True... #metoo Movement Believe All Women ? My Follow American I'm Name Is Joseph R. Biden Jr. And This Is My Record Wow - https://rumble.com/v4mzd0n-my-follow-american-im-name-is-joseph-r.-biden-jr.-and-this-is-my-record-wow.html Joseph R. Biden Jr. And This Is My True Video's Record As Your President So Far Over Last 40 Years And All American Need To Remember Is "No One Is Above The Law" In 2024 Wow ! https://bidenlaptopmedia.com/ - 6,900 Hunter Photo's, Drugs, XXX, Sex Works Etc. The website also reported that the video was shot with a hidden camera. Pedophile Joe Biden Said About His Son Hunter Biden Is A Parasitic Monsters - https://rumble.com/v4hhtyk-pedophile-joe-biden-said-about-his-son-hunter-biden-is-a-parasitic-monsters.html A Gun Belonging To President’s Son Was Dumped In A Trash Can Behind A Grocery Store Why ? https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/?p=2640344 Hunter Biden, a dead beat dad has agreed to plead guilty to federal two criminal tax charges & felony gun charges and no dead women body found. The "Fix was In" all of the time and we all knew it and here is the proof that we have a two tier justice system: So after Hunter Biden Paid 2 Prostitutes for sex and drugs etc. The 2 women are missing and or dead now... So if you kill 2 hookers in a bad drug deal this is why or maybe why hunter biden drop the gun into a trash can to hide to gun ? who know this ? and without the two hookers body for a investigation by the police... Who gun maybe used to kill them... who know this info. and who care's in the first place hunter biden ? All Hunter Biden Sex Crime Report On My Laptop Missing 100s Prostitutes Body's - https://rumble.com/v4hir8u-all-hunter-biden-sex-crime-report-on-my-laptop-missing-100s-prostitutes-bod.html Hunter Biden also has agreed to enter a pretrial diversion agreement in connection with a felony charge of possession of a firearm by a person who is a user/or addict of illegal drugs which is a $250,000 fine and 5 years "mandatory" sentence in prison. New leaked footage shows a naked Hunter Biden waving around a handgun and even pointing it at the camera while partying with a prostitute in 2018 who are now dead or missing and hunter is tied to more than 30 gigabytes of photos, videos, and messages from Hunter Biden's iPhone over a four-month span. Meanwhile, Hunter Biden's lawyer filed an ethics complaint against Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene for displaying explicit photos of him during a hearing, sparking immediate protests from other members of the panel. Greene questioned why the Justice Department hadn't investigated Biden more aggressively, and Biden has agreed to plead guilty to two misdemeanor tax charges. The images clearly depict Biden nude and engaging in sex, but use black boxes to obscure his genitals and the faces of the people who aren't Biden. https://bidenlaptopreport.marcopolousa.org/report_viewer/index.html#p=1 The Mann Act is a federal law in the United States that criminalizes the transportation of women or girls for the purpose of prostitution or any other immoral purpose. The law was passed in 1910 and is also known as the White-Slave Traffic Act. The Mann Act makes it a felony to engage in interstate or foreign commerce transport of “any woman or girl for the purpose of prostitution or debauchery, or for any other immoral purpose.” The law was originally intended to target the sex trade and prevent the exploitation of women and girls. Over time, the law has been amended to expand its scope and include protections for boys and minors. In 1978, the law was amended to specifically prohibit the interstate- or foreign-commerce transportation of minors with the intent that “such minor[s] engage in prostitution” or any other “prohibited sexual conduct.” In 1986, the law was further amended to make the entire law gender-neutral and replace references to “debauchery” and “immoral” purposes or practices with the phrase “any sexual activity for which any person can be charged with a criminal offense.” The Mann Act has been used to prosecute a wide range of cases, including cases involving prostitution, human trafficking, and child exploitation. The law has also been used to prosecute cases involving the transportation of individuals for the purpose of sexual exploitation, even if the individuals are not necessarily being forced into prostitution. Here is a look at how sexual assault is affecting society. Fast Facts – The Scope of the Problem Every 68 seconds, an American is sexually assaulted. There are over 470,000 rape victims in America each and every year. Young Americans are at the highest risk for sexual violence. 90% of adult rape victims are women. 1 in 2 women and 1 in 4 men experience sexual violence in their lifetime. Around 81% of women and 43% of men experienced in their lifetime either sexual harassment, sexual assault, or both. Approximately 74.9% of bisexual women, 43.3% of heterosexual women, and 46.4% of lesbians reported having experienced sexual violence at some point. 1 in 2 transgender Americans will experience sexual violence. 2 in 5 gay men will be sexually assaulted in their lifetime. Only 2% of reported sexual assaults turn out to be false. An estimated one in 10 women has been raped by an intimate partner. Only 28% of sexual assault victims report their experiences to the police. American Indians are twice as likely to be victims of rape and sexual assault as compared to other races. The Department of Defense estimates that over 6% of women serving in the military experience sexual assault. 55% of assaults occur at or near the victim’s home. Sexual assault and adolescent Americans Adolescents and young adults seem to be at the epicenter of the sexual assault crisis in America. They are disproportionately victimized by other age groups: Young people in America are at a higher risk of sexual assault than any other age group in the nation. Individuals aged 12 to 34 are most prone to sexual assault in the U.S. Females under the age of 18 are four times more likely to be victims of sexual assault than the general population. This trend sadly continued later on college campuses. One out of every four girls and one out of every seven boys will be sexually assaulted before the age of 18. The prevalence of assault amongst this age group is particularly concerning as this is society’s most vulnerable population. One in 8 female rape victims and 1 in 4 male victims report their experience occurred before age 10. This is a particularly chilling statistic for our society’s more vulnerable population. Common, long-lasting effects of child sexual assault include a higher likelihood of developing substance abuse issues, developing post-traumatic stress disorder, and experiencing major depressive episodes over the course of a lifetime. 93% of sexual assault perpetrators are known by the victim with 34% being family members. The perpetrators are overwhelmingly male, coming in at 88%. Sexual assault on college campuses College campuses are a particularly dangerous place for sexual assault, especially for young women early in their college careers. There is much to be studied with regards to why this happens and also the reporting structures that are in place to help those who are impacted. One in five women in college has been sexually assaulted. When taking into consideration the number of girls who are assaulted before they turn 18, there is a high probability that women are often victimized several times over the course of their life. Women who have been victimized during adolescence either by assault or attempted assault are twice as likely the be assaulted in college and three times more likely to be assaulted by a spouse. Of the one in five women who are assaulted on campus, 84% are victimized within their first two years on campus and 85% are assaulted by someone they know. Additionally, assaults on college campuses are more frequent in August, September, October, and November. It is estimated that only 12% of campus assaults are reported. With one in five women being sexually assaulted while in college, a huge number of these crimes go unreported to law enforcement for various reasons. Alarmingly, 23% of LGBTQ college students have been victims of sexual assault. Over 13% of women in college say they have been forced to have sex while out on a date during their time on campus. Long-term effects of sexual assault on victims The impact of sexual assault has both near-term and long-term consequences. Often victims are left with non-visible scars that impact their mental well-being their entire life. Here are some of the long-term effects that sexual assault experiences can have on victims: Suicide rears its ugly head. 33% of women who are raped consider suicide and 13% of women who are raped actually attempt suicide. Victims of sexual assault are far more likely to experience substance abuse than the general population. For instance, victims are 6 times more likely to use cocaine and 3 times more likely to use marijuana. Substance as a side effect is very concerning given the life-long consequences that behavior can bring about. Work and school life can be dramatically impacted by victims. Nearly 40% of victims experience work and school problems that can include significant issues with superiors or co-workers. 67% of those assaulted by complete strangers experience professional or personal issues such as post-traumatic stress disorder and intense emotional distress. $122,461 is the estimated lifetime cost for a victim of rape over the course of their life for medical costs, lost productivity, and criminal justice activities. While certainly not as significant as the emotional scars, this represents yet another hurdle for assault victims over the course of their life. Who are the perpetrators of sexual assault? 75% of assailants are either acquaintances, family, or romantic partners of the victims. With only 19% of perpetrators being strangers, this shows that most often, it is those familiar with victims who are at the greatest risk. 93% of juvenile victims of sexual assault know the assailant with 34% of them being family members. 50% of assailants are over the age of 30 and 57% of them are white. Assailants use a weapon in 11% of rapes and sexual assaults. A majority of alleged sexual assault perpetrators have at least one prior conviction. Sexual Assault Stats and Other Data Updated for 2023 Sexual assault is a crime that may involve fines and jail time as well as civil actions for damages. There are many kinds of sexual assault which can impact survivors of all ages and backgrounds. The legal definition of sexual assault may differ from state-to-state. However, despite the state in which a sex crime occurs, the elements defining what is considered sexual assault under the law essentially remain the same. Definition of Sexual Assault According to U.S. law, sexual assault is nonconsensual sexual contact between a perpetrator and a victim. Consent is crucial in cases involving sexual assault. If the plaintiff can prove that a sexual act was committed without express consent or permission, the case can result in any of the following: A sexual assault criminal conviction A successful sexual assault civil lawsuit for damages What is the Difference Between Rape and Sexual Assault? It is generally regarded that sexual assault is nonconsensual sexual contact which, in certain instances, may not be considered as serious as forcing another person into sexual intercourse. On the other hand, rape is one of the most egregious and clear-cut forms of sexual assault which involves sexual intercourse or sexual penetration without consent. U.S. jurisprudence defines rape as the penetration, no matter how slight, of the anus or vagina, with any object or another person’s body part. But the definition doesn’t end there; rape can also be charged for oral penetration by another person’s organ without the victim’s consent. Given these definitions, you can better decipher the data below concerning sexual assault in the United States. Note that some of the data included in this article reflect figures from previous years (with the most up-to-date provided whenever possible). Much data collection for 2023 is still being conducted, and many government sites have yet to be updated. Significant Statistics on Sexual Assault and Rape in the U.S. According to RAINN (Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network), an American becomes a victim of sexual assault in the United States every 68 seconds. Nearly 470,000 people aged 12 years and older become rape and sexual assault victims annually. Individuals aged 12 to 34 are most prone to sexual assault in the U.S. More than half of women and almost ? of men in America have experienced sexual assault at least once in their lifetime. Around 81% of women and 43% of men experienced in their lifetime either sexual harassment, sexual assault, or both. A report by the National Sexual Violence Resource Center estimated that one in 71 men and one in five women would be raped at one point in their lives. Approximately 74.9% of bisexual women, 43.3% of heterosexual women, and 46.4% of lesbians reported having experienced sexual violence at some point. Around 40.2% of gay people, 47.4 bisexual men, and 20.8% of heterosexual men reported having experienced sexual violence besides rape. An estimated one in 10 women has been raped by an intimate partner. An estimated eight out of 10 rape cases involved victims who personally knew their rapist. Around 8% of rapes happen while the victim is at work or in the workplace. Around one in four girls and one in six boys are sexually abused before they turn 18. An estimated 34% of child abusers are family members. Approximately 12.3% of women report their first experience of rape or sexual victimization at age 10 or younger. Around 30% of women experience their first rape or sexual victimization between ages 11 and 17.Around 27.8% of men experience their first rape or sexual victimization at age 10 or younger. An estimated 325,000 children are at risk of becoming victims of sexual exploitation yearly. Approximately 96% of those who sexually abuse children are male. About 76.8% of people who abuse children sexually are adults. The average age of women becoming victims of prostitution is 12 to 14 years old. For boys, it’s 11 to 13 years old. Speech On Human Trafficking Before United State Congress and Child Sex Tourism - https://rumble.com/v2gqy78-speech-on-human-trafficking-before-united-state-congress-and-child-sex-tour.html Sex tourism is the practice of traveling to foreign countries, often on a different continent, with the intention of engaging in sexual activity or relationships in exchange for money or lifestyle support. It predominantly operates in countries where sex work is legal but there are countries where laws prohibit it. Human trafficking occurs on an international, national, and local level. Whether you live in a small town or a large city, human trafficking can be happening in your own backyard or apartment building. Tens of Millions of USA Women say first sexual experience was rape and New study finds one in 16 women says first sexual experience was forced or coerced in early teens. The first sexual experience for one in 16 USA women was forced or coerced intercourse in their early teens, encounters that for some may have had lasting health repercussions, a new study suggests. We The People Of The New World Order Year Zero Thank You Let's Stop All Wars Now -https://rumble.com/v3omcs3-we-the-people-of-the-new-world-order-year-zero-thank-you-lets-stop-all-wars.html Real Parallel Worlds Today - NAZI vs U.S.A. - COVID-19 - ANTIFA - SS vs FBI vs DEATH -https://rumble.com/v3g2oan-real-parallel-worlds-today-nazi-vs-u.s.a.-covid-19-antifa-ss-vs-fbi-vs-deat.html World Economic Forum Great Reset Medical Tyranny, Woke Culture, Green Agenda -https://rumble.com/v3jfm06-world-economic-forum-great-reset-medical-tyranny-woke-culture-green-agenda.html We Hope This Video Is The Great Awakening In 2026 Of The American People And Is A Powerful Documentary From What If Everything You Were Taught Was A Lie? We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone Who Watch Our 1188+ Video's To Help Other In 2026.

True History 9-11 False Flag Conspiracy Finally Solved For Dummies (Names, Connections, Motives) 1 Hour 45 Mins. The Full Video... No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. Everything we were taught about the Earth, History, Science, Space, Energy and our Civilization was a lie. The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. This channel videos are mind blowing documentary and will shift your perspective of the world monumentally today. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone 2025!

The Complete Day For Sept. 11, 2001 True History 9/11 False Flag Conspiracy 17+ Hours Raw Footage... No Wreckage, No Planes Etc. This documentary presents the full chronology of September 11, 2001, with over 17 hours of raw real-time footage. Every moment is captured as events unfolded from the first reports to the aftermath providing a comprehensive record of one of the most significant days in modern history. Yes This Truth Channel Is Exposing Everyone And Everything You Read, See And Hear And All Our Government Lies To Its People's. See All The Video's In The Text Below Now. Yes Open Your Eyes Before You Die! So Who Is Really Written About Our History Past And Present Now? 9/11 False Flag Solved The claim that $2.3 trillion was missing from the Pentagon budget and that the 9/11 attacks served as a false flag operation to conceal this discrepancy has been widely discussed in conspiracy theories. Some allege that the attack on the Pentagon conveniently destroyed evidence related to this missing money, which has since grown to $35 trillion, allowing authorities to avoid accountability. It is claimed that the room hit at the Pentagon housed documents concerning the audit of this missing $2.3 trillion, thus preventing the audit from proceeding. Regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7 (WTC7), which was not struck by a plane, some argue that its destruction was a controlled demolition to eliminate evidence, as no government employees were present when it collapsed. The official explanation by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) attributes the collapse to fires caused by debris from the Twin Towers, but critics dispute this, noting that the building fell at free-fall speed for 2.25 seconds, a characteristic they associate with controlled demolition. While these theories suggest a U.S. government-coordinated false flag operation, official investigations, including the 9/11 Commission Report, have concluded that the attacks were carried out by al-Qaeda operatives without evidence of advance knowledge profiteering or internal government orchestration. As Always The U.S. government has consistently denied all allegations of involvement in a false flag operation, and some definitive proof and or all whistleblower who are now dead testimony has emerged to substantiate any such claims today. But No Wreckage, No Planes Ever Found At Any 9/11 Site's To This Day. No wreckage, no planes. Jets don't just melt into a building with no debris falling off. Planes are largely Aluminum. Plus there are no experienced jet pilots that can reliably hit a building at that speed- never mind so-called high jackers. Way, way too risky to rely on planes when explosives and holograms/CGI will do the trick. Yes Our Own U.S. Government Will Kill You Exposing The Fraud Of 9/11 In 22 Minutes See Text - https://rumble.com/v6yqxnk-yes-our-own-u.s.-government-will-kill-you-exposing-the-fraud-of-911-in-22-m.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. 9/11 Conspiracy Solved And 1000 Dead As Planned? The September 11, 2001 attacks have been the subject of numerous conspiracy theories suggesting they were a false flag operation, with various claims about names, connections, and motives. One theory posits that the attacks were intended to cover up financial crimes related to a covert $240 billion securities operation linked to the end of the Cold War, with the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) investigating these bonds prior to the attack. The destruction of ONI offices in the Pentagon and the elimination of key personnel from major government securities brokerages in the World Trade Center—Cantor Fitzgerald, Eurobrokers, and Garbon Inter Capital were allegedly necessary to create chaos and allow for the unregulated clearing of these securities. On the day of the attacks, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared a national emergency and invoked emergency powers under Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act, easing regulatory restrictions on security trades for 15 days. This action reportedly enabled the clearing of approximately $240 billion in covert government securities without standard ownership verification. Another line of conspiracy theory focuses on alleged Israeli intelligence involvement. Some sources claim that Israeli individuals had foreknowledge of the attacks, citing incidents such as employees of the Israeli messaging company Odigo receiving warnings two hours before the first plane hit. Additionally, five Israelis dubbed the "dancing Israelis" were detained for filming and celebrating the collapse of the towers, raising suspicions due to their possession of large sums of cash, foreign passports, maps, and box cutters. Former Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was quoted saying the attacks were “good” for U.S.-Israel relations, claiming they generated sympathy for Israel’s cause. These theories also reference broader geopolitical motives, including the advancement of a neoconservative agenda outlined by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which called for a “catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor” to propel U.S. military dominance. The concept of cui bono ("who benefits?") is often invoked to argue that certain political and intelligence actors stood to gain significantly from the post-9/11 security and foreign policy shifts. Architects and engineers have also challenged the official narrative, particularly regarding the collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, which fell in a manner some describe as consistent with controlled demolition rather than fire-induced structural failure. Over 1,700 professionals have called for a new independent investigation through organizations like Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Despite these claims, lots credible evidence has substantiated the assertion that 9/11 was a false flag operation orchestrated by any government or intelligence agency. Official investigations, including those by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), attribute the collapses to aircraft impact and subsequent fires. Nonetheless, alternative media and activist groups continue to promote these theories, asserting that critical evidence remains suppressed or ignored. Ture Timeline: The September 11 2001 U.S. Government Planned Terrorist Attacks On The American Peoples. The day that defined the beginning of the 21st Century for Americans. On September 11, 2001, 2,977 people were killed in the deadliest terrorist attacks in American history. The moment shocked the nation. Two planes, hijacked by Islamic jihadists vowing death to all Americans, plowed into both towers at the World Trade Center in New York. Another plane was flown into the Pentagon in Washington, DC. A fourth plane, presumably headed for the White House or the U.S. Capitol, was heroically diverted by passengers and ended up crashing in an empty field in Pennsylvania. After reports of the first plane hitting the North Tower, millions watched the second plane hit the South Tower on live television. It was a terrifying, startling, and humbling event for the country. The 9/11 attacks were the deadliest on American soil since the shock attack at Pearl Harbor 60 years before, and the sense of outrage was reminiscent of that moment. The attacks in New York occurred in the country’s busiest city on a busy workday. And the staggered nature of the attacks meant that news footage captured almost everything as it happened, ensuring that millions of Americans saw the events precisely as they unfolded. Timeline September 11, 2001 5:45 AM – Mohamed Atta and Abdul Aziz al-Omari, two of the intended hijackers, pass through security at the Portland International Jetport in Maine. They board a commuter flight to Boston Logan International Airport, they then board American Airlines Flight 11. 7:59 AM – Flight 11 takes off from Boston, headed for Los Angeles, California. There are 76 passengers, 11 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:15 AM – United Airlines Flight 175 takes off from Boston, also headed for Los Angeles. There are 51 passengers, 9 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:19 AM – A flight attendant on Flight 11, Betty Ann Ong, alerts ground personnel that a hijacking is underway and that the cockpit is unreachable. 8:20 AM – American Airlines Flight 77 takes off from Dulles, outside of Washington, DC, headed for Los Angeles. There are 53 passengers, 6 crew members, and 5 hijackers on board. 8:24 AM – Mohamed Atta, a hijacker on Flight 11, unintentionally alerts air controllers in Boston to the attack. He meant to press the button that allowed him to talk to the passengers on his flight. 8:37 AM – After hearing the broadcast from Atta on Flight 11, Boston air traffic control alerts the US Air Force’s Northeast Defense Sector, who then mobilize the Air National Guard to follow the plane. 8:42 AM – United Flight 93 takes off from Newark, New Jersey, after a delay due to routine traffic. It was headed for San Francisco, California. There are 33 passengers, 7 crew members, and 4 hijackers are on board. 8:46 AM – Flight 11 crashes into the World Trade Center’s North Tower. All passengers aboard are instantly killed, and employees of the WTC are trapped above the 91st floor. 9:03 AM – Flight 175 crashes into the WTC’s South Tower. All passengers aboard are killed instantly and so are an unknown number of people in the tower. 9:05 AM – President George W. Bush, in an elementary school classroom in Florida, is informed about the hit on the second tower. His chief of staff, Andrew Card, whispers the chilling news into the president’s ear. Bush later wrote about his response: “I made the decision not to jump up immediately and leave the classroom. I didn’t want to rattle the kids. I wanted to project a sense of calm… I had been in enough crises to know that the first thing the leader has to do is to project calm.” (Miller Center) 9:28 AM – Hijackers attack on Flight 93. 9:37 AM – Flight 77 crashes into the Pentagon. All passengers aboard are instantly killed and so are 125 civilian and military personnel in the building. 9:45 AM – US airspace is shut down under Operation Yellow Ribbon. All civilian aircraft are ordered to land at the nearest airport. 9:55 AM – Air Force One with President George W. Bush aboard takes off from Florida. 9:57 AM – Passengers aboard Flight 93 begin to run up toward the cockpit. Jarrah, the pilot, begins to roll the plane back and forth in an attempt to destabilize the revolt. 9:59 AM – The South Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:02 AM – Flight 93 plows into an empty field in Shanksville, Pennsylvania. Although its ultimate target is unknown, it was likely heading for either the White House or the US Capitol. 10:18 AM – President Bush authorizes any non-grounded planes to be shot down. At that time, all four hijacked planes had already crashed but the president’s team was operating under the impression that Flight 93 was still in the air. 10:28 AM – The North Tower of the World Trade Center collapses. 10:53 AM – Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld orders the US military to move to a higher state of alert, going to DEFCON 3. 11:45 AM – Air Force 1 lands at Barksdale Air Force Base near Shreveport, Louisiana. 12:15 PM – Airspace in the United States is completely free of all commercial and private flights. 1:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Barksdale. 2:30 PM – Rudy Giuliani, the mayor of New York City, visits the fallen Twin Towers of the World Trade Center at what becomes known as Ground Zero. 3:00 PM – Air Force 1 lands at Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska, and President Bush is immediately taken to a secure bunker that is capable of withstanding a nuclear attack. 4:30 PM – Air Force 1 leaves Offutt and heads back toward Andrews Air Force base near Washington, DC. 5:30 PM – Building 7 of the World Trade Center collapses. 8:30 PM – President Bush addresses the nation. Background Although to many Americans 9/11 seemed like a random act of terror, the roots of the event had been developing for years. A combination of factors that coalesced in the late 1990s led the catastrophic event. These factors included regional conditions in the Middle East that motivated the perpetrators, as well as intelligence lapses and failures that left the United States vulnerable. Osama Bin Laden was relatively unknown in the United States before 9/11, even as he was amassing popularity, followers, and fame in the Middle East during the 1990s. In 1988, he was one of the founders of al Qaeda, a militant Islamic terrorist organization that organized and carried out the 9/11 attacks. Bin Laden called for indiscriminate killing of all Americans who, he claimed, were “the worst thieves in the world today” (9/11 Report, page 47). It was the perfect historical moment for that rallying cry. Throughout the 20th century, a wave of secular, nationalist revolutions swept through the Middle East, taking root in Egypt, Libya, Iraq, Yemen, and other countries. While these movements were awash in promising ideology, the new regimes quickly became autocratic and suppressed dissent. Their critics turned to violent revolution to express their dissatisfaction with the secular governments. At the same time, social malaise, especially among young men who were struggling to find decent jobs and start their own families in corrupt oil states, provided easy targets for radicalization. Bin Laden’s message that America was the “head of the snake” and the root of all society’s problems resonated well with the discontent. By the mid-1990s, Bin Laden was the head of al Qaeda, a multifaceted and highly developed terrorist network carrying out attack after attack on Americans in the Middle East. It was a new type of terrorism to which the US intelligence agencies struggled to adapt. Much of the intelligence community had not even imaged the specific type of hijacking and terrorism carried out on 9/11. They were preparing for threats such as the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center and bombing in 2000 of the USS Cole. Much of the intelligence community’s focus was on reactive law enforcement activity rather than proactive countering of terrorism. A telling quote from the 9/11 commission report focuses on the lack of a proactive response: “The process was meant, by its nature, to mark for the public as the events finished – case solved, justice done. It was not designed to ask if the events might be harbingers of worse to come. Nor did it allow for aggregating and analyzing facts to see if they could provide clues to terrorist tactics more generally – methods of entry and finance, and mode of operation inside the United States” (Commission Report, p. 73). Bin Laden had amassed substantial power due to conditions in the Middle East as well as his charismatic leadership, and the US intelligence community was underprepared for a 9/11 style attack. In the aftermath of 9/11, these two factors continued to affect US policy in the Middle East, particularly in Iraq. Aftermath The immediate response to 9/11 was the George W. Bush administration’s War on Terror, which began in Afghanistan as a retaliation against al Qaeda for carrying out the attack. The Bush administration soon expanded the War on Terror into Iraq, and the consequences of these wars continue to affect the Middle East to this day. Almost 20 years later, the United States is still at war in both Afghanistan and Iraq. There were domestic long-term effects of 9/11 as well. Thousands of people struggle with cancer and lasting chronic health problems relating to the toxicity from Ground Zero, the site where the Twin Towers used to stand. The September 11 attacks also changed American air travel as airlines began to require stringent security checks designed to prevent the types of weapons the hijackers used from slipping through. Finally, the 9/11 attacks resulted in changes to the federal government and an expansion of executive power. A new cabinet department, the Department of Homeland Security, was created, and the intelligence community was consolidated under the Director of National Intelligence to improve coordination between various agencies and departments. New legislation such as the USA Patriot Act expanded domestic security and surveillance, disrupted terrorist funding by cracking down on activities such as money laundering, and increased efficiency within the U.S. intelligence community. The tragedy of September 11, 2001 will never be forgotten, and the aftermath is still continuing to unfold. The 9/11 Memorial and Museum opened on the site of the former World Trade Center on September 11, 2011, and features reflecting pools in the footprints of where the Twin Towers once stood. Documentary Of All Documentaries JFK To Sept 9/11 Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick - https://rumble.com/v4gdc4u-documentary-of-all-documentaries-jfk-to-sept-911-everything-is-a-rich-mans-.html Documentary Of JFK To Sept. 9/11: Everything Is A Rich Man's Trick is a popular, or alternate, history of some significant components of the 20th Century. “It never happened. Nothing ever happened. Even while it was happening it wasn’t happening. It didn’t matter. It was of no interest. The crimes of the United States have been systematic, constant, vicious, remorseless, but very few people have actually talked about them. You have to hand it to America. It has exercised a quite clinical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It’s a brilliant, even witty, highly successful act of hypnosis.” "The powers that have taken over our country will do anything in their sorcerer’s bag of tricks to distract us and keep up the illusion that they are protecting us so as to maintain power. These banking and corporate pirates are willing and more than ready to intimidate, buy off, or destroy any and all critics. It is important for us to realize the depth of evil we are dealing with here – they are willing to kill as many people as needed to accomplish their aims. It is shocking to realize that the very entity that is supposed to be protecting us – our government – is the very thing from which we need protection. It is shattering to realize that our leaders are genuine psychopathic criminals who are trying to take over our planet, impose full-spectrum dominance, enact a new world order and centralize power and control. Instead of this being a conspiracy theory, the evidence is all around us, as it is everywhere we look if we have the eyes to see beyond the carefully crafted and disseminated spell that is being perpetually woven all around us.... "The solution to winning the war on consciousness is for us to RECOGNIZE the nature of the war we are in, which can only happen through the agency of our consciousness. Realizing that the true war we are in is an assault on our own minds is the expansion of consciousness which is itself simultaneously the solution. From a deeper, more expansive perspective, the war on consciousness is itself the very catalyst and instrument for consciousness to awaken to itself." The narrative begins with the USA Robber Barons of the late 19th Century describing a carving up of USA industry between cooperating and competing families. The formation of the Federal Reserve and the establishment of the Income Tax get no coverage, and WWI also gets little mention. The story then focuses on USA and European industrial support for the National Socialist forces in German under the leadership of Adolf Hitler. These points are based on well established history, though perhaps overemphasized in places. A failing of the documentary in this early section is repeated mention of "The Illuminati" without defining what is meant by this group. The documentary points towards a loose and coordinated coalition of European royal houses, European investment bankers and their counterparts in families and investment bankers in the USA. Specific names and dates are related to allow a viewer to follow up on points being made. The Dulles brother's roles in the Treaty of Versailles and later as head of the CIA and Secretary of State receive mention. Major General Smedley Butler of the US Marine Corp is mentioned as exposing a fascist plot to attempt to implement a military coup d'etat in the USA during the 1930's. Following the defeat of Nazi Germany, brief mention is made of Gehlen, the Nazi counter-intelligence leader and his then continued role in post war Germany. Operation Paperclip, the project to transfer German rocket engineers to the USA, is also mentioned. The documentary then moves to focus on the assassination of JFK. The web of connections between USA Mafia bosses and the CIA is examined. The highly profitable international drugs trade facilitated by the CIA is also highlighted. The film focuses on Afghanistan/Pakistan and fails to mention to the Golden Triangle used by the CIA during the Vietnam war. Then, an exorbitant amount of effort is placed into documenting the research performed by independent researchers into the JFK assassination. Following this temporally dominant component of the documentary it fails to engage the other topic in its title, that of the 9/11 events. The latter part of the documentary descends into generalizations attempting to form some unified theme which connects the documentary. It provides advice for persons to resist the players its has identified as running national and international institutions of power. The documentary provides a useful introduction to some elements of the networks of power which cross the USA and European spheres from the late 19th Century to the late 20th. Some important elements are given only brief mention or entirely omitted. An example of omission would be the breaking of the Japanese diplomatic cypher, the "purple code", which provided the USA with advanced warning of the attack on Pearl Harbor which generated the outrage necessary to involve the USA officially in WWII. The documentary's focus on the JFK assassination is appropriate; its in the title. This dedication does minimize its ability to examine other topics. The documentary fails totally to justify the term "9/11" in its title. It implies that World Trade Center buildings 1 and 2 were loaded with explosives for demolition in a single day, which is ludicrous. The buildings were demolished with explosives, but you can't load the buildings in a single day. I give the documentary a middling score. It raises some well documented and important facts, though glances over others which could have added to its narrative. The work on the JFK assassination is its strength. Sadly, it does not consider the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. which I consider a related assassination. The last phase of the film is full of generalizations and lack of detail. It loses it way. Nonetheless, it does achieve many of its objectives, notably the relationship between many influential USA families, the decedents of the Robber Barons, and Nazism. Similarly, the JFK assassination was a complete cock up by a combination of the CIA and its Mafia partners on behalf of a ruling class that were threatened with losing exorbitant profits if JFK smashed the CIA into a thousand pieces and ended the Vietnam and Cold Wars. The film succeeds in documenting these narratives. If you really want to get to the bottom of the Kennedy assassination conspiracy, watch the 3.5 hour blockbuster, JFK to 911: Everything is a Rich Man’s Trick. I found it at once disturbing, enlightening, revolutionary, and full of common sense. It traces the history of the Dulleses who wrote the Treaty of Versailles; and the Bushes who played a hand in Hitler’s rise, JFK’s murder, and the WTC collapse. The film doesn’t shy away from the Mafia connection with the CIA, so obvious in the Kennedy plot, the Bay of Pigs, and Iran–Contra. We begin to see the US military, with its endless wars in Central America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, as an enforcement arm of the corporations. We begin to appreciate the pervasive influence of the propaganda machine, and of the permanent war economy it serves. Wealth is siphoned upward so the rich can retain their status as having more than the rest while the rest are always having to support the war machine. Thus the public are given false enemies time and again, as the only rationale they can buy for continuing the status quo. Meanwhile we are unconsciously consuming and being entertained, buying into the old Caesar’s trick of bread and circuses. And we are subject to increasing surveillance and censorship, again under the guise of protection from enemies… because ironically the population itself is the real enemy of the ruling elite. The military is ultimately, we see now, a policing mechanism, used everywhere to protect or seize for the interests of the rich, at the expense of the poor. And the solution, according to the film’s conclusion, is “revolution.” Not of the bloody Bolshevik variety, of course, which so horrified the bluebloods of the early twentieth century. In that case the Leninists simply created a new class of wealthy elite, bureaucrats, nouveau riche. Rather, the brand of revolution this film advocates is the peaceful variety. The conclusion that a conspiracy, although unidentified, was involved in Kennedy’s assassination was the sop thrown to those who disputed the official lone gunman account. The revelation of Project Northwoods created awareness of a previously unknown US government plot that drew attention away from Kennedy’s assassination. If the Lawyers’ Committee and the 9/11 truthers trust the US Attorney to go entirely by the facts, little will come of the grand jury. If the United States had a rule of law, something as serious as 9/11 could not have gone for 17 years without investigation. Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth http://www.ae911truth.org/ Pilots for 9/11 Truth http://www.pilotsfor911truth.org/ Military Officers for 9/11 Truth http://www.militaryofficersfor911truth.org/ Scientists for 9/11 Truth http://www.scientistsfor911truth.org/ Firefighters for 9/11 Truth http://firefightersfor911truth.org/ Actors & Artists for 9/11 Truth http://www.actorsandartistsfor911truth.org/ Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth http://mp911truth.org/ Lawyers for 9/11 Truth http://lawyersfor911truth.blogspot.com/ Actors, Artists, and Athletes for 9/11 Truth http://www.aaa911truth.com/ 10-Page Summary of 9/11 Facts From Major Media See an excellent two-page summary of the best of this 9/11 facts timeline To verify 9/11 facts below, click on links to articles on major media websites Read excerpts from 20 of the most revealing major media articles on 9/11 Join in powerfully building a better world for all by spreading the word. 9/11 was one of the most pivotal events in world history. Its impact will be felt for years to come. You owe it to yourself to go beyond the simplified official story. This is an extremely complicated story with numerous players and motives. The 9/11 facts below don't all make sense or fit neatly together. It's a story full of espionage, deceit, and lies. But if forces out there are tricking us, they can only succeed if we, the general public, remain ignorant and passive. We limit our sources on this 9/11 timeline to the major media. It's not that one can only trust the major media. Much of the best reporting today comes from alternative media. Yet many are initially very skeptical. Some of these 9/11 facts are very hard to believe. Yet remember that each entry is reported by respected mainstream media sources and can easily be verified by clicking on the links provided to the original source. After seeing the importance of what's being hidden, you will very likely want to join in working together to build a brighter future. 1962: America's top military leaders draft plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in US cities to trick the public into supporting a war against Cuba in the early 1960s. Approved in writing by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs, Operation Northwoods even proposes blowing up a US ship and hijacking planes as a false pretext for war. [ABC News, 5/1/01, Pentagon Documents] 1980s: Osama bin Laden runs a front organization for the mujaheddin–Islamic freedom fighters rebelling against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The CIA secretly backs the mujaheddin. Pakistan's Prime Minister Bhutto, understanding the ferocity of Islamic extremism, tells then President George Bush, "You are creating a Frankenstein." [NBC, 8/24/98, Newsweek, 10/1/01, more] 1994: Two attacks take place which involve hijacking planes to crash them into buildings, including one by an Islamic militant group. In a third attack, a lone pilot crashes a plane at the White House. Yet after Sept. 11, over and over aviation and security officials say they are shocked that terrorists could have hijacked airliners and crashed them into landmark buildings. [New York Times, 10/3/01] 1996: The Saudi Arabian government is financially supporting Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda and other extremist groups. After 9/11, the Bush Administration does nothing to confront the Saudi leadership over its support of terror organizations and its refusal to help in the investigation. [New Yorker, 10/22/01, more] 1996-1999: The CIA officer in charge of operations against Al Qaeda from Washington writes, "I speak with firsthand experience (and for several score of CIA officers) when I state categorically that during this time senior White House officials repeatedly refused to act on sound intelligence that provided multiple chances to eliminate Osama bin Laden." [Los Angeles Times, 12/5/04] 1996-2001: Federal authorities have known for years that suspected terrorists with ties to bin Laden were receiving flight training at schools in the US and abroad. One convicted terrorist confessed that his planned role in a terror attack was to crash a plane into CIA headquarters. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] 1996-Sept 11, 2001: Taliban envoys repeatedly discuss turning bin Laden over, but the US wants to be handed bin Laden directly, and the Taliban want to turn him over to some third country. About 20 more meetings on giving up bin Laden take place up till 9/11, all fruitless. [Washington Post, 10/29/01] 1997: Former National Security Advisor Brzezinski publishes a book portraying Eurasia as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia. He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any adversary from controlling that region. He notes that because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious strategy can't be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives] 1998: An Oklahoma City FBI agent sends a memo warning that "large numbers of Middle Eastern males" are getting flight training and could be planning terrorist attacks. [CBS, 5/30/02] A separate CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft into the WTC (World Trade Center). [New York Times, 9/19/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] Aug 1998: Within minutes of each other, truck bombs blow up the US embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, killing more than 220. For some of the time that bin Laden's men were plotting to blow up the two embassies, US intelligence was tapping their phones. [Newsweek, 10/1/01] Dec 1998: A Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," reports that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City. [Time, 12/21/98] Late 1998-Early 2000: On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location. Each time, the president approves an attack. Each time, the CIA Director says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [New York Times, 12/30/01, more] Sept 1999: A US intelligence report states bin Laden and Al-Qaeda terrorists could crash an aircraft into the Pentagon. The Bush administration claims not to have heard of this report until May 2002, though it was widely shared within the government. [CNN, 5/18/02, AP, 5/18/02, Guardian, 5/19/02] Nov 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits the Echelon global surveillance system exists. The US still denies it exists. BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding." Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on key words, or patterns of messages. [BBC, 11/3/99] Jan 2000: George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. He also met with them in 1998. Bush's chief of staff could not remember that this meeting took place until shown a thank you note confirming the meeting. [Wall Street Journal, 9/27/01, Guardian, 10/31/01] Summer 2000: A secret military operation named Able Danger identifies four future 9/11 hijackers, including lead hijacker Mohamed Atta, as a potential threat and members of Al Qaeda. Yet none of this is mentioned later in the 9/11 Commissions' final report. When questioned, the 9/11 commission's chief spokesman initially says that staff members briefed about Able Danger did not remember hearing anything about Atta. Days later, however, after provided detailed information, he says the uniformed officer who briefed two staff members had indeed mentioned Atta. [New York Times, 8/11/05, more] Sept 2000: The think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC) writes the blueprint for a global "Pax Americana." Written for the Bush team before the 2000 election, Rebuilding America's Defenses is a plan for maintaining global US preeminence and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests. The plan shows Bush intends to take control of the Persian Gulf whether or not Saddam Hussein is in power. It advocates the transformation of the US military. But, "the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbour". [BBC, 2/14/07, Sunday Herald, 9/7/02, read report, more] 2000 - 2001: The military conducts exercises simulating what the White House later says is unimaginable: hijacked airliners used as weapons to crash into targets and cause mass casualties. One imagined target is the WTC. [USA Today, 4/19/04] Another is the Pentagon. [Military District of Washington (Army), 11/3/00] Jan 2001: A flight school alerts the FAA. Hijacker Hani Hanjour lacks English and flying skills needed for his commercial pilot's license. An FAA official then sits next to him in class. The official offers a translator to help him pass, but the flight school says this is against the rules. [AP, 5/10/02] Yet despite poor flying skills, official reports later state Hanjour executes a 330 to 360 degree turn of AA Flight 77 over Washington on 9/11 in under four minutes and manages a precision hit on the Pentagon. [NY Times, 10/16/01, NTSB, 2/19/02] Jan 2001: After the elections, US intelligence agencies are told to "back off" investigating the bin Ladens and Saudi royals. There have always been constraints on investigating Saudis. [BBC, 11/6/01, more] Spring 2001: Military and government documents are released that seek to legitimize the use of US military force in the pursuit of oil. One article advocates presidential subterfuge in the promotion of conflict and "explicitly urge[s] painting over the US's actual reasons for warfare as a necessity for mobilizing public support for a conflict." [Sydney Morning Herald, 12/26/02, more] May 2001: US security chiefs reject Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda. Sudan has made this offer repeatedly since 1995. [Guardian, 9/30/01, more] May 2001: Secretary of State Powell gives $43 million in aid to the Taliban government. [Los Angeles Times, 5/22/01, CNN 5/17/01] This follows $113 million given in 2000. [State Dept. Fact Sheet, 12/11/01] May 2001: The US introduces "Visa Express" program allowing any Saudi Arabian to obtain visas through their travel agent instead of appearing at a consulate in person. [US News and World Report, 12/12/01] Five hijackers use Visa Express to enter the US. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/20/02] May-Aug 2001: A number of the 9/11 hijackers make at least six trips to Las Vegas. These "fundamentalist" Muslims drink alcohol, frequent strip clubs, and smoke hashish. Some even have strippers perform lap dances for them. [San Francisco Chronicle, 10/4/01, Newsweek, 10/15/01] June 13, 2001: Egyptian President Mubarak through his intelligence services warns the US that bin Laden's Islamic terrorist network is threatening to kill Bush and other G8 leaders at their July economic summit meeting in Italy. The terrorists plan to use a plane stuffed with explosives. [NY Times, 9/26/01] June 28, 2001: CIA Director George J. Tenet has been "nearly frantic" with concern. A written intelligence summary for national security adviser Condoleezza Rice says: "It is highly likely that a significant al Qaeda attack is in the near future, within several weeks." Rice will later claim that everyone was taken by complete surprise by the 9/11 attack. By late summer, one senior political appointee says, Tenet had repeated this threat "so often that people got tired of hearing it." [Washington Post, 5/17/02] July 4-14, 2001: Bin Laden reportedly receives kidney treatment from Canadian-trained Dr. Callaway at the American Hospital in Dubai. Telephoned several times, the doctor declines to answer questions. During his stay, bin Laden allegedly is visited by one or two CIA officers. [Guardian, 11/1/01, Sydney Morning Herald, 10/31/01, Times of London, 11/1/01, UPI, 11/1/01, more] July 10, 2001: A Phoenix FBI agent sends a memorandum warning about Middle Eastern men taking flight lessons. He suspects bin Laden's followers and recommends a national program to check visas of suspicious flight-school students. The memo is sent to two FBI counter-terrorism offices, but no action is taken. [New York Times, 5/21/02] Vice President Cheney says in May 2002 that he opposes releasing this memo to congressional leaders or to the media and public. [CNN, 5/20/02] July 24, 2001: Larry Silverstein's $3.2 billion 99-year lease of the WTC is finalized. Silverstein hopes to win $7 billion in insurance from the destruction of the WTC towers. [NY Times, 02/16/03, Newsday, 09/25/02] July 26, 2001: Attorney General Ashcroft stops flying commercial airlines due to a threat assessment. [CBS, 7/26/01] He later walks out of his office rather than answer questions about this. [AP, 5/16/02, more] Late July 2001: The US and UN ignore warnings from the Taliban foreign minister that bin Laden is planning an imminent huge attack on US soil. The FBI and CIA also fail to take seriously warnings that Islamic fundamentalists have enrolled in flight schools across the US. [Independent, 9/7/02, more] Summer 2001: Intelligence officials know that al Qaeda both hopes to use planes as weapons and seeks to strike a violent blow within the US, despite government claims following 9/11 that the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks came "like bolts from the blue." [Wall Street Journal, 09/19/02, CNN, 9/12/02] Summer 2001: Russian President Putin later says publicly that he ordered his intelligence agencies to alert the US of suicide pilots training for attacks on US targets. [Fox, 5/17/02] Late summer 2001: Jordanian intelligence agents go to Washington to warn that a major attack is planned inside the US and that aircraft will be used. Christian Science Monitor calls the story "confidently authenticated" even though Jordan later backs away from it. [CS Monitor, 5/23/02] Aug 5-11, 2001: Israel warns US of an imminent Al Qaeda attack. [Fox News, 5/17/02] Aug 6, 2001: President Bush is warned by US intelligence that bin Laden might be planning to hijack commercial airliners. The White House waits eight months after 9/11 to reveal this fact. [New York Times, 5/16/02] Titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US," the intelligence briefing specifically mentions the World Trade Center. Yet Bush later states the briefing "said nothing about an attack on America." [CNN, 4/12/04, Washington Post, 4/12/04, White House, 4/11/04, CNN, 4/10/04, Intelligence Briefing, 8/6/01, more] Aug 22, 2001: Top counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill quits the FBI due to repeated obstruction of his al-Qaeda investigations and a power play against him. He was the government's "most committed tracker of bin Laden and al-Qaeda." The next day he starts a new job as head of security at the WTC. He is killed weeks later in the World Trade Center during the 9/11 attack. [New Yorker, 1/14/02] Aug 24, 2001: Frustrated with lack of response from FBI headquarters about detained suspect Moussaoui, the Minnesota FBI begins working with the CIA. The CIA sends alerts calling him a "suspect 747 airline suicide hijacker." Three days later an FBI Minnesota supervisor says he is trying to make sure that Moussaoui does not "take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] FBI headquarters chastises Minnesota FBI for notifying the CIA. [Time, 5/21/02] FBI Director Mueller will later say "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the [9/11] attacks." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, more] https://www.wanttoknow.info/911/9-11-facts Hoax National Terrorist Attacks Controlled Demolition Actual Collapse Twin Towers - https://rumble.com/v3i3ccq-hoax-national-terrorist-attacks-controlled-demolition-actual-collapse-twin-.html On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists attacked the United States and killed almost 3,000 innocent people. A terse and information packed summary of exactly who was involved in the 9-11 2001 attacks, what they did, and what motivated them. Truly an amazing piece of research, the result of monumental effort on the part of investigators who just wouldn't let it go. The people who think 9/11 may have been an 'inside job' 22 years ago today. https://911planeshoax.com/ Yes its true conspiracy theory that “controlled demolition” caused one, if not all three World Trade Center (WTC) buildings to collapse on 9/11, has been steadfastly denied via various government investigations. U.S. officials have concluded the buildings collapsed due to fire-induced structural failure. Of the 2,996 deaths terror attack related deaths on Sept. 11, 2001? ? ? The Day Americans Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold & Confiscation Executive Order 6102 - https://rumble.com/v6xg76y-the-day-americans-were-robbed-of-3600-tons-of-gold-and-confiscation-executi.html The Day Americans People's Were Robbed Of 3,600+Tons Of Gold. On April 5, 1933, Millions Of Americans Woke Up To A New Reality: Owning Gold In Any Form Was Now A Federal Crime And You Will Go To Jail. In just 30 days, over 3,600 tons of gold were taken from citizens by their own government all in the name of "saving the economy." This calculated using 3,600 tons = 115,740,741 troy ounces gold. My math tells me that the dollar was suddenly devalued by about 70% when the price of gold went from $20.67 to $35.00. In this video, we uncover the shocking story of Executive Order 6102, how President Roosevelt orchestrated the largest forced gold confiscation in history, and why most Americans didn’t even realize they were being deceived. What really happened in 1933? How did the government profit from the people's gold? Was this legal… or just the perfect crime? Watch until the end to learn how this one act changed the U.S. financial system forever and why it still matters today. The value of 3,600 tons of gold purchased in 1933 at $20.87 per ounce, adjusted for inflation to 2025, is approximately $1.1 trillion in current US dollars. This calculation is based on the historical price of gold and the significant increase in the dollar's value over time due to inflation. The price of gold has risen dramatically since 1933, reflecting changes in monetary policy, economic conditions, and the dollar's purchasing power. The historical gold price data shows that gold was fixed at $20.67 per ounce under the gold standard until 1933, when the U.S. abandoned the gold standard, leading to a significant revaluation of gold. The current value of gold is substantially higher, and when adjusted for inflation, the 1933 purchase price represents a much larger sum in today's currency. The high price of gold in 2025 reached $3,433.48 per ounce on June 13, 2025, according to historical data. Some forecasts predicted even higher levels, with Gov Capital anticipating a peak of $4,060.25 in the second half of the year, while Long Forecast projected gold could reach $3,816.00 by late 2025. HSBC noted a record high of $3,500.05 per ounce in late April 2025, and Coin Price Forecast provided various models suggesting year-end prices ranging from $3,748 to $4,085. As of August 11, 2025, Long Forecast predicted gold would end August at $3,559, up 6.5% from the month's start. There were a some errors in this video, but the biggest was not to mention that the Truly Wealthy of the U.S.A. knew that this was coming in advance and Off Shored their Gold in Switzerland as the 6102 E.O. plainly said" Gold held within the Boundaries of the U.S.A." was to be confiscated ! "Breaking the link between gold and the dollar" wasn't to "save the economy", which was ruined by government manipulation of the currency and intervention in the markets. It was done to allow even more government manipulation of the currency through the Fed and to finance vastly expending government spending and power. And how many of the well connected, rich, ultra wealthy never bothered giving up their gold and were able to get away with it while everyday Americans had to give up all the gold they had ? All the gold bars had a serial number on each bar, so when the bars left, Fort Take. There was a paper trail that no one talks about. World biggest magic show. Americans surrendered their sovereignty when they surrendered gold for the convenience of fiat "currency". The banking collapse was caused by the federal reserve. In 1932,33 as Americans attempted to withdraw money from the banking system, the Fed in all their wisdom, decided to allow the money supply to contract leaving banks to use what little reserves they had available to distribute to customers wanting their cash. Fractional reserve banking only requires banks to hold a tiny fraction of their deposits in cash so they were rapidly over run and banks began to collapse. The money supply contracted by 1/3 and 1/3 of all banks were wiped out. The federal reserve will no doubt cause even more problems in the future they will cause panic and fear which will result in another catastrophic economic situation. They won’t fail the same way next time, but they definitely will fail. Most likely the way we’re failing now by printing, actually they’re all just computer entries now, and destroying the purchasing power of the dollar. Whole banking system is a scam and fractional lending is just part of the problem ? - https://rumble.com/v2a45g0-whole-banking-system-is-a-scam-and-fractional-lending-is-just-part-of-the-p.html Rare moment of truth as this politician stands up in front of the European Parliament and explains why he thinks the entire banking system is a scam. Gold Standard Act of 1900 and See PDF Below: https://www.gold.org/sites/default/files/documents/1900mar14.pdf On April 5, 1933, President Franklin D. Roosevelt signed Executive Order 6102, which prohibited the hoarding of gold coin, gold bullion, and gold certificates within the United States. The order required individuals to deliver most of their gold to the Federal Reserve by May 1, 1933, in exchange for $20.67 per troy ounce. Failure to comply was punishable by a fine of up to $10,000, imprisonment for up to ten years, or both. Although the order was issued on April 5, news coverage appeared on April 6, 1933, with The New York Times reporting under the headline "Hoarding of Gold" that the executive order amplified Roosevelt's earlier warnings against hoarding and enforced penalties under the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, as amended by the Emergency Banking Relief Act. The government justified the measure by claiming that gold hoarding was stalling economic recovery during the Great Depression. Certain exemptions were allowed, including gold used in industry, art, or profession (such as by jewelers or dentists), gold coins valued for collection, and holdings of up to $100 in gold coins (approximately 5 troy ounces). Despite these provisions, the policy faced significant criticism, with some calling it immoral and a violation of contractual obligations, particularly regarding government bonds that promised payment in gold. The federal government later devalued the dollar by raising the official price of gold from $20.67 to $35 per ounce under the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, effectively increasing the value of the gold it had acquired while reducing the dollar's gold backing. This move enabled the Federal Reserve to expand the money supply but was criticized as a breach of trust, with Senator Thomas Gore famously telling Roosevelt, "Why, that’s just plain stealing, isn’t it, Mr. President?". Although prosecutions followed for violations of gold-hoarding regulations, the initial prosecution under Executive Order 6102 failed due to a technicality, leading to revised orders signed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The restriction on private gold ownership remained in place until 1974, when it was repealed. https://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/documents/executive-order-6102-forbidding-the-hoarding-gold-coin-gold-bullion-and-gold-certificates So Who Really Wrote History? Lie We All Believed Constantly Being Rewritten By Victors Of Wars? - https://rumble.com/v6vwpri-so-who-really-wrote-history-lie-we-all-believed-constantly-being-rewritten-.html So Who Really Wrote History? The Dark Ages? The Renaissance 1400-1700AD? The World's Fairs 1890s? The Armistice 1918? The Space Age? Etc. Yes History Is Constantly Rewritten By The People In Charge Of New World Order Year Zero. I’m Surprised People Today Haven’t Realized Already That Everything Is Staged. Everything is about keeping us divided and at each other’s throats. This government is not an American government. It is a communist government run by Jews. I keep telling people get armed because you’re going down anyway you might as well fight. In 1984 Tried To Warn Us We The People About Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day and minute by minute. History has stopped. If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face forever. Our Government Ruining Every Facet Of Society Globally. Education, Media, Science, Medical, Politics, Courts, Big Tec, Big Corp, Etc. So Is Common Sense Gone ? So Are We All Being Ran By The New World Order. And This Dystopian Nightmare Will Continue Through Out Time Forever And A Day. The Conspiracy to Rule Your Mind chronicles how the ruling elite have established global domination and the ability to effect the thoughts, decisions, and world view of human beings across the globe by systematically infiltrating the media, academia, industry, military and political factions under the guise of upholding democracy. A Guide To The Flat Earth Conspiracy Over 8+ Hour Open Your Mind Is The Earth Actually Flat - https://rumble.com/v6rn3gh-a-guide-to-the-flat-earth-conspiracy-over-8-hour-open-your-mind-is-the-eart.html The Concept Of A Flat Earth Has Been Present In Various Ancient Cultures, But Specific Evidence Or Records From 8,000 Years Ago Are Not Available. So NASA Decades Old Moon Landing Hoax Is When Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin took their first steps on the moon in July 1969, the world was suddenly split into two categories – those who believe the Apollo 11 landings, and those who don’t. We’ll investigate both sides of this debate – in fact 52% of the British public still believe the landings were an elaborate hoax designed to trump Russia in the space race! In this show we’ll search for a definitive answer by recreating the moon landing for ourselves, testing the various competing theories against each other. Featuring interviews with leading experts, conspiracy theorists, archive material and highly detailed reconstructions of the landing, we put this debate to bed once and for all. NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. When NASA astronauts Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin landed on the Moon on April 20, 1969, more than 500 million watched around the globe with bated breath. But the monumental moment in the history of mankind is often overshadowed by conspiracy theories claiming the Moon landing was faked. As the 50th anniversary of the Moon landing approaches, the number of conspiracist questioning NASA’s official version of events is on the rise. Mr Weidner, who directed the documentary Kubrick's Odyssey, has astonishingly claimed footage of the Apollo 11 landing was directed by Mr Kubrick. However, even more surprisingly, the filmmaker said NASA did go to the Moon – but the footage broadcast around the world was a hoax. Stanley Kubrick Fake Apollo 11 Moon Landing Was A Hoax By The U.S.A. Government - https://rumble.com/v2s6afk-stanley-kubrick-fake-apollo-11-moon-landing-was-a-hoax-by-the-u.s.a.-govern.html NASA faked the historic Apollo 11 Moon landing footage with the help of Hollywood veteran director Stanley Kubrick, book author and filmmaker Jay Weidner has shockingly claimed. Flat Earth Trilogy True World & Learning Curve And Epic Deception Complete Video - https://rumble.com/v4c13d8-flat-earth-trilogy-true-world-and-learning-curve-and-epic-deception-complet.html Flat Earth Trilogy So I'm Not Saying The Earth Is Flat Or Anything... But This Is Very Interesting Evidence and I learned a lot, just like I learned a lot with the heliocentric model and the view of the solar system. Both models are useful for purposes of history and knowledge. Biblical Flat Earth Exposing a World of Lies, Everything you know is Wrong. “I think that physicists need to be more involved,” he says. “There’s really no excuse for us to just sit back and laugh at them. Because while we’re laughing, they are recruiting people to believe these crazy things.” 81 Government & Affiliate Documents that admit Flat Earth It's A PDF Download. https://www.terre-plate.org/library/CIA%20NASA%20Documents/81%20Government%20_%20Affiliate%20Documents%20that%20admit%20Flat%20Earth-converted.pdf If a scientific conspiracy theory is funny, that doesn’t mean it’s a joke at all. In astronomy, the perception that Earth is flat leads to the deduction that it must actually be flat; the antimoon, NASA conspiracy and all the rest are just rationalizations for how that might work in practice. Those details make the flat-earthers' theory so elaborately absurd it sounds like a joke, but many of its supporters genuinely consider it a more plausible model of astronomy than the one found in textbooks. In short, they aren't kidding. For the flat-earther convinced that all these countries put aside their political tensions in order to maintain the fiction of a spherical Earth, there are also ways to check on the planet's shape with one's own eyes. One of the simplest is to go to a harbor and watch the ships depart. As a ship disappears over the horizon, the bottom of the ship will go first, followed gradually by the mast. But if you zoom in with a 100 time zoom or a high power telescope you will see the whole ship again 20 to 30 miles away from you still in the photo... so yes the earth is flat. NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax After Mentions Space Is Not Real - https://rumble.com/v3depjq-nasa-admits-apollo-11-moon-landing-is-a-hoax-after-mentions-space-is-not-re.html NASA Admits Apollo 11 Moon Landing is a Hoax in 1976 this was the fifth crewed mission of NASA's Apollo program. All files and computer tapes are now missing and launched by a Saturn V rocket from Kennedy Space Center on Merritt Island, Florida, on July 16, 1969. The Apollo spacecraft had three parts: a command module with a cabin for the three astronauts, a service module that supported the command module with propulsion, electrical power, oxygen, and water, and a lunar module that had two stages a descent stage for landing on the Moon and an ascent stage to place the astronauts back into lunar orbit. Commander Neil Armstrong and lunar module pilot Buzz Aldrin landed the Apollo Lunar Module Eagle on July 20, 1969, at 20:17 UTC, and Armstrong became the first person to step onto the Moon's surface six hours and 39 minutes later, on July 21 at 02:56 UTC. All three astronauts spent 8 days, 3 hours, 18 minutes, and 35 seconds in space and traveled a total of 953,054 miles. NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax Chinese Spy Balloon - https://rumble.com/v3dgrpn-nasa-admits-rocket-launch-satellite-are-really-balloon-hoax-chinese-spy-bal.html NASA Admits Rocket Launch Satellite Are Really Balloon Hoax And Do you have a hard time convincing your friends and loved ones that NASA is fake? So do we, so we've put together this video which contains the best proofs on the internet that NASA is taking our money and used to deceive the world about what the world is. Share this video to wake everyone up to the greatest deception of our time! NASA Admits Fake International Space Station A Global World Wide Satellite Hoax - https://rumble.com/v3dm5uj-nasa-admits-fake-international-space-station-a-global-world-wide-satellite-.html NASA Admits Its All Fake National Aeronautics and Space Administration On July 29, 1958, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the National Aeronautics and Space Act into law, establishing the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), a civilian agency responsible for coordinating America's activities in space. The agency absorbed the earlier National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics (NACA), which was a U.S. federal agency founded on March 3, 1915, to undertake, promote, and institutionalize aeronautical research. NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program Is Faked Yes It's A Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dqlbc-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-1-the-space-program-is-faked-yes-its-a-conspi.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 1 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA has successfully launched 166 crewed flights, but three have ended in failure, causing the deaths of seventeen crew members in total: Apollo 1, STS-51-L (the Challenger disaster) killed seven crew members in 1986, and STS-107 (the Columbia disaster) killed seven more in 2003. The accomplishments of Apollo are among humankind's greatest, with six missions landing men on the moon between 1969 and 1972, the only time humans have ventured onto another celestial body. However, the program was marred by NASA's first tragedy on the ground (Apollo 1) and a near tragedy in space (Apollo 13). NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 Bonus Proof Stephen Hawking Is A Fraud Conspiracy - https://rumble.com/v3dssxw-nasa-admits-faking-space-part-2-bonus-proof-stephen-hawking-is-a-fraud-cons.html NASA Admits Faking Space Part 2 The Space Program and shows provable deception in the space program. NASA is a corrupt government organization. It gets worse. NASA was started to create the illusion of going into so-called (non-existent) "outer space". The truth is that no one or nothing has ever been to the fantasy known as "outer space". NASA Admits To Best Fails And NASA Fraud Compilation Unrefuted Proof Of Wires - https://rumble.com/v3dxnnb-nasa-admits-to-best-fails-and-nasa-fraud-compilation-unrefuted-proof-of-wir.html There's a lot more proof of deception out there, but I wanted to compile the most obvious ones and keep them in one place. I'm discovering that a lot of the original links to such footage are no longer working as they are being deleted. The footage is from space channels, so they aren't just targeting truther channels with the deletion of entire channels. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moon_landing_conspiracy_theories One giant ... lie? Why so many people still think the moon landings were faked. https://drive.proton.me/urls/M2ADCKGT60#i17MPT9u7pOn Real ISS Space Station Maniac Conspiracy Theorists Think It Is Actually Underwater ! - https://rumble.com/v4c47q9-real-iss-space-station-maniac-conspiracy-theorists-think-it-is-actually-und.html The Real International Space Station Program brings together international flight crews, multiple launch vehicles, globally distributed launch and flight operations, training, engineering, and development facilities, communications networks, and the international scientific research community. A True History Of How British Empire Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Mandate Of Heaven - https://rumble.com/v6xl04u-a-true-history-of-how-british-empire-opium-destroyed-chinas-greatest-empire.html Why Do The Peoples Of The World Hate China ? Fentanyl ? California Black Reparations ? Really ? A True History How British Opium Destroyed China's Greatest Empire Of The World For 2000 Years And Our True Mandate Of Heaven. The Opium Wars Under the East India Company, Our ancestors were pushed to grow opium instead of food. I carry the memory of a time when our fields were taken from us not by force, but by control. Hunger grew at home while profits sailed away. The wealth it brought built empires, not our villages. “It’s haunting to realize an empire that survived wars and rebellions was ultimately undone by something as small as a puff of smoke. History whispers louder than cannons sometimes.” A True History Of China A Century Of Revolution 100 Years Rare Archival Footage & Historical Films - https://rumble.com/v6xmtfc-a-true-history-of-china-a-century-of-revolution-100-years-rare-archival-foo.html A True History Of China: A Century Of Revolution. Know One In China Can See Or Watch This Best Video Ever... Its Been Banned In Over 1/3 Of The World Today. This Is One Of The Best True Documentary On China Ever Made. Anyone Interested In 20th Century Chinese History Should Watch This To Understand Today’s China. This one is often overlooked in documentaries, this narrator has the absolutely perfect voice. One of the best documentaries I have ever watched, it's amazing how far back the archival footage goes! And the people they managed to interview - I was left speechless. We at this channel would like to add this quote for everyone to open your own mind this year: Your body diet is not only what you eat. It is also what you watch, what you listen to, what you read, the people you hang out with and the things you subject your mind, body and soul too. Always be mindful of the things you put into your body emotionally, spiritually and physically. Thank You Everyone 2025!